Skip site navigation (1)Skip section navigation (2)

FreeBSD Manual Pages

  
 
  

home | help
MPlayer(1)			The Movie Player		      MPlayer(1)

NAME
     mplayer  - movie player
     mencoder - movie encoder

SYNOPSIS
     mplayer [options] [file|URL|playlist|-]
     mplayer [options] file1 [specific options] [file2] [specific options]
     mplayer [options] {group of files and options} [group-specific options]
     mplayer [br]://[title][/device] [options]
     mplayer [dvd|dvdnav]://[title|[start_title]-end_title][/device] [options]
     mplayer vcd://track[/device]
     mplayer tv://[channel][/input_id] [options]
     mplayer radio://[channel|frequency][/capture] [options]
     mplayer pvr:// [options]
     mplayer dvb://[card_number@]channel [options]
     mplayer mf://[filemask|@listfile] [-mf options] [options]
     mplayer [cdda|cddb]://track[-endtrack][:speed][/device] [options]
     mplayer cue://file[:track] [options]
     mplayer
     [file|mms[t]|http|http_proxy|rt[s]p|ftp|udp|unsv|icyx|noicyx|smb]://
     [user:pass@]URL[:port] [options]
     mplayer sdp://file [options]
     mplayer mpst://host[:port]/URL [options]
     mplayer tivo://host/[list|llist|fsid] [options]
     gmplayer [options] [file|URL|playlist] [-skin skin]
     mencoder [options] file [file|URL|-] [-o file | file://file |
     smb://[user:pass@]host/filepath]
     mencoder [options] file1 [specific options] [file2] [specific options]

DESCRIPTION
     mplayer  is  a movie player for Linux (runs on many other platforms and CPU
     architectures, see the documentation).  It plays most MPEG/VOB,  AVI,  ASF/
     WMA/WMV,  RM,  QT/MOV/MP4,  Ogg/OGM, MKV, VIVO, FLI, NuppelVideo, yuv4mpeg,
     FILM and RoQ files, supported by many native and binary  codecs.	You  can
     watch VCD, SVCD, DVD, Blu-ray, 3ivx, DivX 3/4/5, WMV and even H.264 movies,
     too.

     MPlayer  supports a wide range of video and audio output drivers.	It works
     with X11, Xv,  DGA,  OpenGL,  SVGAlib,  fbdev,  AAlib,  libcaca,  DirectFB,
     Quartz,  Mac  OS  X CoreVideo, but you can also use GGI, SDL (and all their
     drivers), VESA (on every VESA-compatible card, even without X11), some low-
     level card-specific drivers (for Matrox, 3dfx and ATI)  and  some	hardware
     MPEG  decoder  boards,  such as the Siemens DVB, Hauppauge PVR (IVTV), DXR2
     and DXR3/Hollywood+.  Most of them support software or hardware scaling, so
     you can enjoy movies in fullscreen mode.

     MPlayer has an onscreen display (OSD) for status information, nice big  an-
     tialiased	shaded subtitles and visual feedback for keyboard controls.  Eu-
     ropean/ISO8859-1,2 (Hungarian, English, Czech, etc),  Cyrillic  and  Korean
     fonts  are supported along with 12 subtitle formats (MicroDVD, SubRip, OGM,
     SubViewer, Sami, VPlayer, RT, SSA, AQTitle, JACOsub, PJS and our  own:  MP-
     sub) and DVD subtitles (SPU streams, VOBsub and Closed Captions).

     mencoder  (MPlayer's  Movie Encoder) is a simple movie encoder, designed to
     encode MPlayer-playable movies (see above) to other  MPlayer-playable  for-
     mats  (see below).  It encodes to MPEG-4 (DivX/Xvid), one of the libavcodec
     codecs and PCM/MP3/VBRMP3 audio in 1, 2 or 3 passes.   Furthermore  it  has
     stream  copying  abilities,  a  powerful filter system (crop, expand, flip,
     postprocess, rotate, scale, noise, RGB/YUV conversion) and more.

     gmplayer is MPlayer with a graphical user interface.  Besides some own  op-
     tions  (stored  in  gui.conf),  it has the same options as MPlayer, however
     some MPlayer options will be stored in gui.conf so that they can be  chosen
     independently from MPlayer. (See GUI CONFIGURATION FILE below.)

     Usage  examples  to get you started quickly can be found at the end of this
     man page.

     Also see the HTML documentation!

INTERACTIVE CONTROL
     MPlayer has a fully configurable, command-driven control layer which allows
     you to control MPlayer using keyboard, mouse, joystick  or  remote  control
     (with LIRC).  See the -input option for ways to customize it.

     keyboard control
	    LEFT and RIGHT
		 Seek backward/forward 10 seconds.
	    UP and DOWN
		 Seek forward/backward 1 minute.
	    PGUP and PGDWN
		 Seek forward/backward 10 minutes.
	    [ and ]
		 Decrease/increase current playback speed by 10%.
	    { and }
		 Halve/double current playback speed.
	    BACKSPACE
		 Reset playback speed to normal.
	    < and >
		 Go backward/forward in the playlist.
	    ENTERGo forward in the playlist, even over the end.
	    HOME and END
		 next/previous playtree entry in the parent list
	    INS and DEL (ASX playlist only)
		 next/previous alternative source.
	    p / SPACE
		 Pause (pressing again unpauses).
	    .	 Step  forward.   Pressing once will pause movie, every consecu-
		 tive press will play one frame and  then  go  into  pause  mode
		 again (any other key unpauses).
	    q / ESC
		 Stop playing and quit.
	    U	 Stop playing (and quit if -idle is not used).
	    + and -
		 Adjust audio delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
	    / and *
		 Decrease/increase volume.
	    9 and 0
		 Decrease/increase volume.
	    ( and )
		 Adjust audio balance in favor of left/right channel.
	    m	 Mute sound.
	    _ (MPEG-TS, AVI and libavformat only)
		 Cycle through the available video tracks.
	    # (DVD, Blu-ray, MPEG, Matroska, AVI and libavformat only)
		 Cycle through the available audio tracks.
	    TAB (MPEG-TS and libavformat only)
		 Cycle through the available programs.
	    f	 Toggle fullscreen (also see -fs).
	    T	 Toggle stay-on-top (also see -ontop).
	    w and e
		 Decrease/increase pan-and-scan range.
	    o	 Toggle  OSD states: none / seek / seek + timer / seek + timer +
		 total time.
	    d	 Toggle frame dropping states: none / skip display / skip decod-
		 ing (see -framedrop and -hardframedrop).
	    v	 Toggle subtitle visibility.
	    j and J
		 Cycle through the available subtitles.
	    y and g
		 Step forward/backward in the subtitle list.
	    F	 Toggle displaying "forced subtitles".
	    a	 Toggle subtitle alignment: top / middle / bottom.
	    x and z
		 Adjust subtitle delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
	    c (-capture only)
		 Start/stop capturing the primary stream.
	    r and t
		 Move subtitles up/down.
	    i (-edlout mode only)
		 Set start or end of an EDL skip and write it out to  the  given
		 file.
	    s (-vf screenshot only)
		 Take a screenshot.
	    S (-vf screenshot only)
		 Start/stop taking screenshots.
	    I	 Show filename on the OSD.
	    P	 Show  progression  bar,  elapsed time and total duration on the
		 OSD.
	    ! and @
		 Seek to the beginning of the previous/next chapter.
	    D (-vo vdpau, -vf yadif, -vf kerndeint only)
		 Activate/deactivate deinterlacer.
	    A	 Cycle through the available DVD angles.

	    (The following keys are valid only when using a hardware accelerated
	    video output (xv, (x)vidix, (x)mga,  etc),	the  software  equalizer
	    (-vf eq or -vf eq2) or hue filter (-vf hue).)

	    1 and 2
		 Adjust contrast.
	    3 and 4
		 Adjust brightness.
	    5 and 6
		 Adjust hue.
	    7 and 8
		 Adjust saturation.

	    (The  following  keys are valid only when using the quartz or corev-
	    ideo video output driver.)

	    command + 0
		 Resize movie window to half its original size.
	    command + 1
		 Resize movie window to its original size.
	    command + 2
		 Resize movie window to double its original size.
	    command + f
		 Toggle fullscreen (also see -fs).
	    command + [ and command + ]
		 Set movie window alpha.

	    (The following keys are valid only when using the sdl  video  output
	    driver.)

	    c	 Cycle through available fullscreen modes.
	    n	 Restore original mode.

	    (The following keys are valid if you have a keyboard with multimedia
	    keys.)

	    PAUSEPause.
	    STOP Stop playing and quit.
	    PREVIOUS and NEXT
		 Seek backward/forward 1 minute.

	    (The  following  keys  are only valid if you compiled with TV or DVB
	    input support and will take precedence over the keys defined above.)

	    h and k
		 Select previous/next channel.
	    n	 Change norm.
	    u	 Change channel list.

	    (The following keys are only valid if you compiled with dvdnav  sup-
	    port: They are used to navigate the menus.)

	    keypad 8
		 Select button up.
	    keypad 2
		 Select button down.
	    keypad 4
		 Select button left.
	    keypad 6
		 Select button right.
	    keypad 5
		 Return to main menu.
	    keypad 7
		 Return  to  nearest  menu  (the  order  of preference is: chap-
		 ter->title->root).
	    keypad ENTER
		 Confirm choice.

	    (The following keys are used for controlling TV teletext.  The  data
	    may  come  from  either  an  analog  TV  source or an MPEG transport
	    stream.)

	    X	 Switch teletext on/off.
	    Q and W
		 Go to next/prev teletext page.

     mouse control
	    button 3 and button 4
		 Seek backward/forward 1 minute.
	    button 5 and button 6
		 Decrease/increase volume.

     joystick control
	    left and right
		 Seek backward/forward 10 seconds.
	    up and down
		 Seek forward/backward 1 minute.
	    button 1
		 Pause.
	    button 2
		 Toggle OSD states: none / seek / seek + timer / seek + timer  +
		 total time.
	    button 3 and button 4
		 Decrease/increase volume.

USAGE
     Every  'flag'  option  has a 'noflag' counterpart, e.g. the opposite of the
     -fs option is -nofs.

     If an option is marked as (XXX only), it will only work in combination with
     the XXX option or if XXX is compiled in.

     NOTE: The suboption parser (used for example for -ao pcm  suboptions)  sup-
     ports  a  special	kind  of  string-escaping intended for use with external
     GUIs.
     It has the following format:
     %n%string_of_length_n
     EXAMPLES:
     mplayer -ao pcm:file=%10%C:test.wav test.avi
     Or in a script:
     mplayer -ao pcm:file=%`expr length "$NAME"`%"$NAME" test.avi

CONFIGURATION FILES
     You can put all of the options in configuration files which  will	be  read
     every  time  MPlayer/MEncoder  is	run.  The system-wide configuration file
     'mplayer.conf' is in your configuration directory (e.g. /etc/mplayer  or  /
     usr/local/share/mplayer),	the  user  specific  one is '~/.mplayer/config'.
     The configuration file for MEncoder is 'mencoder.conf' in	your  configura-
     tion  directory  (e.g.  /etc/mplayer or /usr/local/share/mplayer), the user
     specific one is '~/.mplayer/mencoder.conf'.  User specific options override
     system-wide options (in case of gmplayer, gui.conf  options  override  user
     specific  options) and options given on the command line override all.  The
     syntax of the configuration files is 'option=<value>', everything	after  a
     '#'  is  considered a comment.  Options that work without values can be en-
     abled by setting them to 'yes' or '1' or 'true'  and  disabled  by  setting
     them  to  'no' or '0' or 'false'.	Even suboptions can be specified in this
     way.

     You can also write file-specific configuration files.  If you wish to  have
     a	configuration  file  for  a file called 'movie.avi', create a file named
     'movie.avi.conf' with the	file-specific  options	in  it	and  put  it  in
     ~/.mplayer/.  You can also put the configuration file in the same directory
     as  the file to be played, as long as you give the -use-filedir-conf option
     (either on the command line or in your global config file).  If a file-spe-
     cific configuration file is found in the same directory,  no  file-specific
     configuration    is    loaded    from   ~/.mplayer.    In	 addition,   the
     -use-filedir-conf option enables  directory-specific  configuration  files.
     For  this,  MPlayer first tries to load a mplayer.conf from the same direc-
     tory as the file played and then tries to load any file-specific configura-
     tion.

     EXAMPLE MPLAYER CONFIGURATION FILE:

     # Use Matrox driver by default.
     vo=xmga
     # I love practicing handstands while watching videos.
     flip=yes
     # Decode/encode multiple files from PNG,
     # start with mf://filemask
     mf=type=png:fps=25
     # Eerie negative images are cool.
     vf=eq2=1.0:-0.8
     # OSD progress bar vertical alignment
     progbar-align=50

     EXAMPLE MENCODER CONFIGURATION FILE:

     # Make MEncoder output to a default filename.
     o=encoded.avi
     # The next 4 lines allow mencoder tv:// to start capturing immediately.
     oac=pcm=yes
     ovc=lavc=yes
     lavcopts=vcodec=mjpeg
     tv=driver=v4l2:input=1:width=768:height=576:device=/dev/video0:audiorate=48000
     # more complex default encoding option set
     lavcopts=vcodec=mpeg4:autoaspect=1
     lameopts=aq=2:vbr=4
     ovc=lavc=1
     oac=lavc=1
     passlogfile=pass1stats.log
     noautoexpand=1
     subfont-autoscale=3
     subfont-osd-scale=6
     subfont-text-scale=4
     subalign=2
     subpos=96
     spuaa=20

     GUI CONFIGURATION FILE

     GUI's own options are (MPlayer option names in parentheses): ao_alsa_device
     (alsa:device=)   (ALSA   only),   ao_alsa_mixer   (mixer)	 (ALSA	  only),
     ao_alsa_mixer_channel  (mixer-channel)  (ALSA  only),  ao_esd_device (esd:)
     (ESD  only),  ao_extra_stereo  (af  extrastereo)  (default:  1.0),   ao_ex-
     tra_stereo_coefficient  (af extrastereo=), ao_oss_device (oss:) (OSS only),
     ao_oss_mixer (mixer) (OSS only), ao_oss_mixer_channel (mixer-channel)  (OSS
     only), ao_sdl_subdriver (sdl:) (SDL only), ao_surround (unused), ao_volnorm
     (af  volnorm),  autosync  (enable/disable), autosync_size (autosync), cache
     (enable/disable),	cache_size  (cache),  enable_audio_equ	(af  equalizer),
     equ_band_00  ...  equ_band_59, (af equalizer=), equ_channel_1 ... equ_chan-
     nel_6  (af   channels=),	gui_main_pos_x,   gui_main_pos_y,   gui_save_pos
     (yes/no),	      gui_tv_digital	    (yes/no),	    gui_video_out_pos_x,
     gui_video_out_pos_y,  playbar  (enable/disable),  replay_gain  (enable/dis-
     able),  replay_gain_adjustment  (-30..10),  show_videowin (yes/no), vf_lavc
     (vf lavc) (DXR3 only), vf_pp (vf pp), vo_dxr3_device (unused) (DXR3 only).

     MPlayer options stored in gui.conf (GUI option names, MPlayer option  names
     in  parentheses)  are: a_afm (afm), ao_driver (ao), ass_bottom_margin (ass-
     bottom-margin) (ASS only), ass_enabled  (ass)  (ASS  only),  ass_top_margin
     (ass-top-margin)  (ASS only), ass_use_margins (ass-use-margins) (ASS only),
     cdrom_device (cdrom-device), dvd_device (dvd-device), font_autoscale  (sub-
     font-autoscale)  (FreeType only), font_blur (subfont-blur) (FreeType only),
     font_encoding (subfont-encoding), font_factor (ffactor), font_name  (font),
     font_osd_scale  (subfont-osd-scale) (FreeType only), font_outline (subfont-
     outline) (FreeType only),	font_text_scale  (subfont-text-scale)  (FreeType
     only),  gui_skin  (skin), idle (idle), load_fullscreen (fs), osd_level (os-
     dlevel),	playlist_support   (allow-dangerous-playlist-parsing),	 softvol
     (softvol),  stopxscreensaver  (stop-xscreensaver), sub_auto_load (autosub),
     sub_cp (subcp) (iconv only), sub_overlap  (overlapsub),  sub_pos  (subpos),
     sub_unicode  (unicode), sub_utf8 (utf8), v_flip (flip), v_framedrop (frame-
     drop), v_idx (idx),  v_ni	(ni),  v_vfm  (vfm),  vf_autoq	(autoq),  vo_di-
     rect_render  (panscan), vo_doublebuffering (dr), vo_driver (vo), vo_panscan
     (double).

PROFILES
     To ease working with different configurations profiles can  be  defined  in
     the  configuration  files.   A  profile starts with its name between square
     brackets, e.g. '[my-profile]'.  All following options will be part  of  the
     profile.	A  description	(shown by -profile help) can be defined with the
     profile-desc option.  To end the profile, start another one or use the pro-
     file name 'default' to continue with normal options.

     EXAMPLE MPLAYER PROFILE:

     [protocol.dvd]
     profile-desc="profile for dvd:// streams"
     vf=pp=hb/vb/dr/al/fd
     alang=en

     [protocol.dvdnav]
     profile-desc="profile for dvdnav:// streams"
     profile=protocol.dvd
     mouse-movements=yes
     nocache=yes

     [extension.flv]
     profile-desc="profile for .flv files"
     flip=yes

     [vo.pnm]
     outdir=/tmp

     [ao.alsa]
     device=spdif

     EXAMPLE MENCODER PROFILE:

     [mpeg4]
     profile-desc="MPEG4 encoding"
     ovc=lacv=yes
     lavcopts=vcodec=mpeg4:vbitrate=1200

     [mpeg4-hq]
     profile-desc="HQ MPEG4 encoding"
     profile=mpeg4
     lavcopts=mbd=2:trell=yes:v4mv=yes

GENERAL OPTIONS
     -codecpath <dir>
	    Specify a directory for binary codecs.

     -codecs-file <filename> (also see -afm, -ac, -vfm, -vc)
	    Override the standard search path and use the specified file instead
	    of the builtin codecs.conf.

     -include <configuration file> (also see -gui-include)
	    Specify configuration file to be parsed after the default ones.

     -list-options
	    Prints all available options.

     -msgcharset <charset>
	    Convert console messages to the specified  character  set  (default:
	    autodetect).   Text  will  be  in  the  encoding  specified with the
	    --charset configure option.  Set this to "noconv" to disable conver-
	    sion (for e.g. iconv problems).
	    NOTE: The option takes effect after command line  parsing  has  fin-
	    ished.   The  MPLAYER_CHARSET  environment variable can help you get
	    rid of the first lines of garbled output.

     -msgcolor
	    Enable colorful console output on terminals that support ANSI color.

     -msglevel <all=<level>:<module>=<level>:...>
	    Control verbosity  directly  for  each  module.   The  'all'  module
	    changes the verbosity of all the modules not explicitly specified on
	    the command line.  See '-msglevel help' for a list of all modules.
	    NOTE:  Some  messages  are printed before the command line is parsed
	    and are therefore not affected by -msglevel.  To control these  mes-
	    sages  you have to use the MPLAYER_VERBOSE environment variable, see
	    its description below for details.
	    Available levels:
	       -1   complete silence
		0   fatal messages only
		1   error messages
		2   warning messages
		3   short hints
		4   informational messages
		5   status messages (default)
		6   verbose messages
		7   debug level 2
		8   debug level 3
		9   debug level 4

     -msgmodule
	    Prepend module name in front of each console message.

     -noconfig <options>
	    Do not parse selected configuration files.
	    NOTE: If -include or -use-filedir-conf options are specified at  the
	    command line, they will be honoured.

	    Available options are:
	       all  all configuration files
	       gui (GUI only)
		    GUI configuration file
	       system
		    system configuration file
	       user user configuration file

     -quiet
	    Make console output less verbose; in particular, prevents the status
	    line  (i.e. A:   0.7 V:   0.6 A-V:	0.068 ...) from being displayed.
	    Particularly useful on slow terminals or broken ones  which  do  not
	    properly handle carriage return (i.e. \r).

     -priority <prio> (Windows and OS/2 only)
	    Set process priority for MPlayer according to the predefined priori-
	    ties available under Windows and OS/2.  Possible values of <prio>:
	       idle|belownormal|normal|abovenormal|high|realtime

	    WARNING: Using realtime priority can cause system lockup.

     -profile <profile1,profile2,...>
	    Use  the  given profile(s), -profile help displays a list of the de-
	    fined profiles.

     -really-quiet (also see -quiet)
	    Display even less output and status messages than with -quiet.  Also
	    suppresses the GUI error message boxes.

     -show-profile <profile>
	    Show the description and content of a profile.

     -use-filedir-conf
	    Look for a file-specific configuration file in the same directory as
	    the file that is being played.
	    WARNING: May be dangerous if playing from untrusted media.

     -v
	    Increment verbosity level, one level for each -v found on  the  com-
	    mand line.

PLAYER OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)
     -autoq <quality> (use with -vf [s]pp)
	    Dynamically  changes  the  level  of postprocessing depending on the
	    available spare CPU time.  The number you specify will be the  maxi-
	    mum  level	used.  Usually you can use some big number.  You have to
	    use -vf [s]pp without parameters in order for this to work.

     -autosync <factor>
	    Gradually adjusts the A/V sync based on  audio  delay  measurements.
	    Specifying	-autosync  0, the default, will cause frame timing to be
	    based entirely on audio delay measurements.  Specifying -autosync  1
	    will  do  the  same, but will subtly change the A/V correction algo-
	    rithm.  An uneven video framerate in a movie which plays  fine  with
	    -nosound  can  often  be  helped by setting this to an integer value
	    greater than 1.  The higher the value, the closer the timing will be
	    to -nosound.  Try -autosync 30 to smooth  out  problems  with  sound
	    drivers  which  do	not implement a perfect audio delay measurement.
	    With this value, if large A/V sync offsets	occur,	they  will  only
	    take  about  1  or	2 seconds to settle out.  This delay in reaction
	    time to sudden A/V offsets should be the only side-effect of turning
	    this option on, for all sound drivers.

     -benchmark
	    Prints some statistics on CPU usage and dropped frames at the end of
	    playback.  Use in combination with -nosound and -vo null for  bench-
	    marking only the video codec.
	    NOTE:  With this option MPlayer will also ignore frame duration when
	    playing only video (you can think of that as infinite fps).

     -colorkey <number>
	    Changes the colorkey to an RGB value of your  choice.   0x000000  is
	    black  and	0xffffff is white.  Only supported by the cvidix, fbdev,
	    svga, vesa, winvidix, xmga, xvidix, xover, xv (see	-vo  xv:ck)  and
	    directx video output drivers.

     -nocolorkey
	    Disables  colorkeying.   Only  supported by the cvidix, fbdev, svga,
	    vesa, winvidix, xmga, xvidix, xover, xv (see -vo xv:ck) and  directx
	    video output drivers.

     -correct-pts (EXPERIMENTAL)
	    Switches  MPlayer to an experimental mode where timestamps for video
	    frames are calculated differently and video filters  which	add  new
	    frames  or	modify	timestamps  of existing ones are supported.  The
	    more accurate timestamps can be visible  for  example  when  playing
	    subtitles  timed  to  scene  changes  with the -ass option.  Without
	    -correct-pts the subtitle timing  will  typically  be  off	by  some
	    frames.   This option does not work correctly with some demuxers and
	    codecs.

     -crash-debug (DEBUG CODE)
	    Automatically attaches gdb upon crash or SIGTRAP.  Support	must  be
	    compiled in by configuring with --enable-crash-debug.

     -doubleclick-time
	    Time  in milliseconds to recognize two consecutive button presses as
	    a double-click (default: 300).  Set to 0 to let your windowing  sys-
	    tem decide what a double-click is (-vo directx only).
	    NOTE: You will get slightly different behaviour depending on whether
	    you bind MOUSE_BTN0_DBL or MOUSE_BTN0-MOUSE_BTN0_DBL.

     -edlout <filename>
	    Creates  a	new  file and writes edit decision list (EDL) records to
	    it.  During playback, the user hits 'i' to mark the start or end  of
	    a  skip  block.   This provides a starting point from which the user
	    can fine-tune EDL entries later.  See  http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/
	    HTML/en/edl.html for details.

     -edl-backward-delay <number>
	    When  using EDL during playback and jumping backwards it is possible
	    to end up in the middle of an EDL record.  In that case MPlayer will
	    seek further backwards to the start position of the EDL  record  and
	    then  immediately  skip  the  scene specified in the EDL record.  To
	    avoid this kind of behavior, MPlayer jumps to a fixed time	interval
	    before  the  start	of the EDL record.  This parameter allows you to
	    specify that time interval in seconds (default: 2 seconds).

     -edl-start-pts
	    Adjust positions in EDL records according to  playing  file's  start
	    time.   Some formats, especially MPEG TS usually start with non-zero
	    PTS values and when producing EDL  file  with  -edlout  option,  EDL
	    records  contain absolute values that are correct only for this par-
	    ticular file.  If re-encoded into a different format, this EDL  file
	    no longer applies.	Specifying -edl-start-pts will automatically ad-
	    just EDL positions according to start time: when producing EDL file,
	    it will subtract start time from every EDL record, when playing with
	    EDL file, it will add file's start time to every EDL position.

     -noedl-start-pts
	    Disable adjusting EDL positions.

     -enqueue (GUI only)
	    Enqueue  files  given on the command line in the playlist instead of
	    playing them immediately.

     -fixed-vo
	    Enforces a fixed video system for multiple files  (one  (un)initial-
	    ization  for  all  files).	Therefore only one window will be opened
	    for all files.  Currently the following drivers are fixed-vo compli-
	    ant: gl, gl_tiled, mga, svga, x11, xmga, xv, xvidix and dfbmga.

     -framedrop (also see -hardframedrop, experimental without -nocorrect-pts)
	    Skip displaying some frames to maintain A/V sync  on  slow	systems.
	    Video filters are not applied to such frames.  For B-frames even de-
	    coding is skipped completely.

     -(no)gui
	    Enable  or	disable  the  GUI  interface  (default depends on binary
	    name).  Only works as the first argument on the command line.   Does
	    not work as a config-file option.

     -gui-include <GUI configuration file> (also see -include) (GUI only)
	    Specify  a	GUI  configuration  file  to be parsed after the default
	    gui.conf.

     -h, -help, --help
	    Show short summary of options.

     -hardframedrop (experimental without -nocorrect-pts)
	    More intense frame dropping (breaks decoding).  Leads to image  dis-
	    tortion!   Note  that especially the libmpeg2 decoder may crash with
	    this, so consider using "-vc ffmpeg12,".

     -heartbeat-cmd
	    Command that is executed every 30 seconds during playback  via  sys-
	    tem() - i.e. using the shell.

	    NOTE: MPlayer uses this command without any checking, it is your re-
	    sponsibility  to  ensure  it  does not cause security problems (e.g.
	    make sure to use full paths if "." is in your path like on Windows).
	    It also only works when playing video (i.e. not  with  -novideo  but
	    works with -vo null).

	    This  can  be  "misused" to disable screensavers that do not support
	    the proper X API (also see -stop-xscreensaver).  If you  think  this
	    is	too  complicated,  ask	the author of the screensaver program to
	    support the proper X APIs.

	    EXAMPLE for xscreensaver: mplayer -heartbeat-cmd  "xscreensaver-com-
	    mand -deactivate" file

	    EXAMPLE for GNOME screensaver: mplayer -heartbeat-cmd "gnome-screen-
	    saver-command -p" file

     -heartbeat-interval
	    Specify  how often the -heartbeat-cmd should be executed, in seconds
	    between executions (default: 30.0).

     -identify
	    Shorthand for -msglevel identify=6.  Show file parameters in an eas-
	    ily parseable format.  Also prints more detailed  information  about
	    subtitle  and audio track languages and IDs.  For example, for a DVD
	    or Blu-ray it will list the chapters and time length of each  title,
	    as	well  as a disk ID.  Combine this with -frames 0 to suppress all
	    video output.  The wrapper script TOOLS/midentify.sh suppresses  the
	    other  MPlayer  output  and  (hopefully) shellescapes the filenames.
	    You can get less information by using -msglevel identify=4.

     -idle (also see -slave)
	    Makes MPlayer wait idly instead of quitting when there is no file to
	    play.  Mostly useful in slave mode where MPlayer can  be  controlled
	    through input commands.
	    For  gmplayer  -idle is the default, -noidle will quit the GUI after
	    all files have been played.

     -input <commands>
	    This option can be used to configure certain parts of the input sys-
	    tem.  Paths are relative to ~/.mplayer/.
	    NOTE: Autorepeat is currently only supported by joysticks.

	    Available commands are:

	       conf=<filename>
		    Specify input configuration file other than the  default  ~/
		    .mplayer/input.conf.  ~/.mplayer/<filename> is assumed if no
		    full path is given.
	       ar-dev=<device>
		    Device  to	be  used for Apple IR Remote (default is autode-
		    tected, Linux only).
	       ar-delay
		    Delay in milliseconds before we start to autorepeat a key (0
		    to disable).
	       ar-rate
		    Number of key presses to generate per second on autorepeat.
	       (no)default-bindings
		    Use the key bindings that MPlayer ships with by default.
	       keylist
		    Prints all keys that can be bound to commands.
	       cmdlist
		    Prints all commands that can be bound to keys.
	       js-dev
		    Specifies the joystick device to use  (default:  /dev/input/
		    js0).
	       file=<filename>
		    Read  commands  from  the  given file.  Mostly useful with a
		    FIFO.
		    NOTE: When the given file is a FIFO MPlayer opens both  ends
		    so	you  can  do  several 'echo "seek 10" > mp_pipe' and the
		    pipe will stay valid.

     -key-fifo-size <2-65000>
	    Specify the size of the FIFO that buffers key events  (default:  7).
	    A  FIFO  of size n can buffer (n-1) events.  If it is too small some
	    events may be lost.  If it is too big,  MPlayer  may  seem	to  hang
	    while it processes the buffered events.  To get the same behavior as
	    before this option was introduced, set it to 2 for Linux or 1024 for
	    Windows.   For  small value you should disable double-clicks by set-
	    ting -doubleclick-time to 0 so they  do  not  compete  with  regular
	    events for buffer space.

     -lircconf <filename> (LIRC only)
	    Specifies a configuration file for LIRC (default: ~/.lircrc).

     -list-properties
	    Print a list of the available properties.

     -loop <number>
	    Loops the playback <number> times.
	    0 means forever.  Use -loop 0 <URL|filename> to automatically recon-
	    nect  to live streaming URLs or files yet to be created or to be re-
	    placed.
	    -loop <number> <URL|filename> opens the URL or file  <number>  times
	    in	a  row	and  plays it once each time, while <URL|filename> -loop
	    <number> opens the URL or file once and plays it <number> times in a
	    loop, which is usually what you want.

     -menu (OSD menu only)
	    Turn on OSD menu support.

     -menu-cfg <filename> (OSD menu only)
	    Use an alternative menu.conf.

     -menu-chroot <path> (OSD menu only)
	    Chroot the file selection menu to a specific location.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -menu-chroot /home
		    Will restrict the file selection menu to /home and	downward
		    (i.e.  no  access to / will be possible, but /home/user_name
		    will).

     -menu-keepdir (OSD menu only)
	    File browser starts from the last known location instead of  current
	    directory.

     -menu-root <value> (OSD menu only)
	    Specify the main menu.

     -menu-startup (OSD menu only)
	    Display the main menu at MPlayer startup.

     -mouse-movements
	    Permit  MPlayer to receive pointer events reported by the video out-
	    put driver.  Necessary to select the buttons  in  DVD  menus.   Sup-
	    ported  for  X11-based  VOs (x11, xv, etc) and the gl, gl_tiled, di-
	    rect3d and corevideo VOs.

     -noar  Turns off AppleIR remote support.

     -noconsolecontrols
	    Prevent MPlayer from reading key events from standard input.  Useful
	    when reading data from standard input.  This  is  automatically  en-
	    abled  when  -  is	found on the command line.  There are situations
	    where you have to set it manually, e.g. if you open  /dev/stdin  (or
	    the equivalent on your system), use stdin in a playlist or intend to
	    read  from	stdin  later  on via the loadfile or loadlist slave com-
	    mands.

     -nojoystick
	    Turns off joystick support.

     -nolirc
	    Turns off LIRC support.

     -nomouseinput
	    Disable mouse button press/release input (mozplayerxp's context menu
	    relies on this option).

     -rtc (RTC only)
	    Turns on usage of the Linux RTC (realtime clock - /dev/rtc) as  tim-
	    ing  mechanism.   This  wakes up the process every 1/1024 seconds to
	    check the current time.  Useless with modern Linux	kernels  config-
	    ured  for desktop use as they already wake up the process with simi-
	    lar accuracy when using normal timed sleep.

     -pausing <0-3> (MPlayer only)
	    Specifies the default pausing behaviour of	commands,  i.e.  whether
	    MPlayer  will continue playback or stay paused after the command has
	    finished.  See DOCS/tech/slave.txt for further details.
	       0    resume
	       1    pause (pausing)
	       2    keep the paused / playing status (pausing_keep)
	       3    toggle the paused / playing status (pausing_toggle)
	       4    pause without frame step (experimental) (pausing_keep_force)

     -playing-msg <string>
	    Print out a string before starting playback.  The  following  expan-
	    sions are supported:

	       ${NAME}
		    Expand to the value of the property NAME.

	       ?(NAME:TEXT)
		    Expand TEXT only if the property NAME is available.

	       ?(!NAME:TEXT)
		    Expand TEXT only if the property NAME is not available.

     -playlist <filename>
	    Play  files according to a playlist file (ASX, Winamp, SMIL, or one-
	    file-per-line format).
	    WARNING: The way MPlayer parses and uses playlist files is not  safe
	    against maliciously constructed files.  Such files may trigger harm-
	    ful  actions.   This has been the case for all MPlayer versions, but
	    unfortunately this fact was not well documented  earlier,  and  some
	    people  have  even misguidedly recommended use of -playlist with un-
	    trusted sources.  Do NOT use -playlist with random internet  sources
	    or files you don't trust!
	    NOTE:  This  option is considered an entry so options found after it
	    will apply only to the elements of this playlist.
	    FIXME: This needs to be clarified and documented thoroughly.

     -allow-dangerous-playlist-parsing
	    This enables parsing any file as a playlist if e.g. a server  adver-
	    tises  a  file as playlist.  Only enable if you know all servers in-
	    volved are trustworthy.  MPlayer's playlist code is not designed  to
	    handle malicious playlist files.

     -rtc-device <device>
	    Use the specified device for RTC timing.

     -shuffle
	    Play files in random order.

     -skin <name> (GUI only)
	    Loads a skin from the directory given as parameter below the default
	    skin  directories,	~/.mplayer/skins/  and /usr/local/share/mplayer/
	    skins/.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -skin fittyfene
		    Tries ~/.mplayer/skins/fittyfene and afterwards  /usr/local/
		    share/mplayer/skins/fittyfene.

     -slave (also see -input)
	    Switches  on  slave  mode,	in  which MPlayer works as a backend for
	    other programs.  Instead of intercepting  keyboard	events,  MPlayer
	    will read commands separated by a newline (\n) from stdin.
	    NOTE:   See  -input  cmdlist  for  a  list	of  slave  commands  and
	    DOCS/tech/slave.txt for their description.	Also, this  is	not  in-
	    tended  to disable other inputs, e.g. via the video window, use some
	    other method like -input nodefault-bindings:conf=/dev/null for that.

     -softsleep
	    Time frames by repeatedly checking the current time instead of  ask-
	    ing  the  kernel  to wake up MPlayer at the correct time.  Useful if
	    your kernel timing is imprecise and you cannot use the  RTC  either.
	    Comes at the price of higher CPU consumption.

     -sstep <sec>
	    Skip  <sec>  seconds after every frame.  The normal framerate of the
	    movie is kept, so playback is accelerated.	Since MPlayer  can  only
	    seek to the next keyframe this may be inexact.

     -udp-ip <ip>
	    Sets  the destination address for datagrams sent by the -udp-master.
	    Setting it to a broadcast address allows multiple slaves having  the
	    same broadcast address to sync to the master (default: 127.0.0.1).

     -udp-master
	    Send  a  datagram  to  -udp-ip on -udp-port just before playing each
	    frame.  The datagram indicates the master's position in the file.

     -udp-port <port>
	    Sets the destination port for datagrams sent by the -udp-master, and
	    the port a -udp-slave listens on (default: 23867).

     -udp-seek-threshold <sec>
	    When the master seeks, the slave has to decide whether  to	seek  as
	    well,  or  to  catch  up  by decoding frames without pausing between
	    frames.  If the master is more than  <sec>	seconds  away  from  the
	    slave,  the  slave seeks.  Otherwise, it "runs" to catch up or waits
	    for the master.  This should almost always be left	at  its  default
	    setting of 1 second.

     -udp-slave
	    Listen on -udp-port and match the master's position.

DEMUXER/STREAM OPTIONS
     -a52drc <level>
	    Select  the  Dynamic Range Compression level for AC-3 audio streams.
	    <level> is a float value ranging from 0 to 1, where 0 means no  com-
	    pression  and  1 (which is the default) means full compression (make
	    loud passages more silent and vice versa).	Values up to 2 are  also
	    accepted,  but  are  purely experimental.  This option only shows an
	    effect if the AC-3 stream contains the  required  range  compression
	    information.

     -aid <ID> (also see -alang)
	    Select  audio  channel  (MPEG:  0-31,  AVI/OGM: 1-99, ASF/RM: 0-127,
	    VOB(AC-3): 128-159, VOB(LPCM): 160-191, MPEG-TS  17-8190).	 MPlayer
	    prints  the available audio IDs when run in verbose (-v) mode.  When
	    playing an MPEG-TS stream, MPlayer/MEncoder will use the first  pro-
	    gram (if present) with the chosen audio stream.

     -ausid <ID> (also see -alang)
	    Select  audio  substream  channel.	 Currently  the  valid	range is
	    0x55..0x75 and applies only to MPEG-TS when handled  by  the  native
	    demuxer  (not by libavformat).  The format type may not be correctly
	    identified because of how this information (or lack thereof) is  em-
	    bedded  in the stream, but it will demux correctly the audio streams
	    when multiple substreams are present.  MPlayer prints the  available
	    substream IDs when run with -identify.

     -alang <language code[,language code,...]> (also see -aid)
	    Specify  a	priority list of audio languages to use.  Different con-
	    tainer formats employ different language codes.  DVDs use ISO  639-1
	    two  letter  language codes, Matroska, MPEG-TS and NUT use ISO 639-2
	    three letter language codes while OGM uses a  free-form  identifier.
	    MPlayer  prints  the  available  languages	when run in verbose (-v)
	    mode.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       mplayer dvd://1 -alang hu,en
		    Chooses the Hungarian language track on a DVD and falls back
		    on English if Hungarian is not available.
	       mplayer -alang jpn example.mkv
		    Plays a Matroska file in Japanese.

     -audio-demuxer <[+]name> (-audiofile only)
	    Force audio demuxer type for -audiofile.  Use a '+' before the  name
	    to	force  it, this will skip some checks!	Give the demuxer name as
	    printed by -audio-demuxer help.  For backward compatibility it  also
	    accepts  the  demuxer  ID  as defined in libmpdemux/demuxer.h.  -au-
	    dio-demuxer audio or -audio-demuxer 17 forces MP3.

     -audiofile <filename>
	    Play audio from an external file (WAV,  MP3  or  Ogg  Vorbis)  while
	    viewing a movie.

     -audiofile-cache <kBytes>
	    Enables  caching for the stream used by -audiofile, using the speci-
	    fied amount of memory.

     -reuse-socket (udp:// only)
	    Allows a socket to be reused by other processes as	soon  as  it  is
	    closed.

     -bandwidth <Bytes> (network only)
	    Specify  the  maximum  bandwidth  for network streaming (for servers
	    that are able to send content in different bitrates).  Useful if you
	    want to watch live streamed media behind a	slow  connection.   With
	    Real  RTSP	streaming,  it	is also used to set the maximum delivery
	    bandwidth allowing faster cache filling and stream dumping.

     -bluray-angle <angle ID> (Blu-ray only)
	    Some Blu-ray discs contain scenes that can be viewed  from	multiple
	    angles.  Here you can tell MPlayer which angles to use (default: 1).

     -bluray-device <path to disc> (Blu-ray only)
	    Specify  the Blu-ray disc location. Must be a directory with Blu-ray
	    structure.

     -cache <kBytes>
	    This option specifies how much memory (in kBytes) to use  when  pre-
	    caching a file or URL.  Especially useful on slow media.

     -nocache
	    Turns off caching.

     -cache-min <percentage>
	    Playback  will  start when the cache has been filled up to <percent-
	    age> of the total.

     -cache-seek-min <percentage>
	    If a seek is to be made to a position  within  <percentage>  of  the
	    cache  size  from  the  current  position, MPlayer will wait for the
	    cache to be filled to this position rather than performing a  stream
	    seek (default: 50).

     -capture (MPlayer only)
	    Allows  capturing the primary stream (not additional audio tracks or
	    other kind of streams) into the file specified by  -dumpfile  or  by
	    default.   If  this  option  is  given, capturing can be started and
	    stopped by pressing the key bound to this function (see section  IN-
	    TERACTIVE  CONTROL).   Same as for -dumpstream, this will likely not
	    produce usable results for anything else than  MPEG  streams.   Note
	    that,  due to cache latencies, captured data may begin and end some-
	    what delayed compared to what you see displayed.

     -cdda <option1:option2> (CDDA only)
	    This option can be used to tune the  CD  Audio  reading  feature  of
	    MPlayer.

	    Available options are:

	       speed=<value>
		    Set CD spin speed.

	       paranoia=<0-2>
		    Set paranoia level.  Values other than 0 seem to break play-
		    back of anything but the first track.
		       0: disable checking (default)
		       1: overlap checking only
		       2: full data correction and verification

	       generic-dev=<value>
		    Use specified generic SCSI device.

	       sector-size=<value>
		    Set atomic read size.

	       overlap=<value>
		    Force  minimum overlap search during verification to <value>
		    sectors.

	       toc-bias
		    Assume that the beginning offset of track 1 as  reported  in
		    the  TOC  will  be	addressed as LBA 0.  Some Toshiba drives
		    need this for getting track boundaries correct.

	       toc-offset=<value>
		    Add <value> sectors to the values reported	when  addressing
		    tracks.  May be negative.

	       (no)skip
		    (Never) accept imperfect data reconstruction.

     -cdrom-device <path to device>
	    Specify the CD-ROM device (default: /dev/cd0).

     -channels <number> (also see -af channels)
	    Request  the number of playback channels (default: 2).  MPlayer asks
	    the decoder to decode the audio into as many channels as  specified.
	    Then  it  is  up to the decoder to fulfill the requirement.  This is
	    usually only important when playing videos	with  AC-3  audio  (like
	    DVDs).   In  that  case liba52 does the decoding by default and cor-
	    rectly downmixes the audio into the requested  number  of  channels.
	    To	directly  control the number of output channels independently of
	    how many channels are decoded, use the channels filter.
	    NOTE: This option is honored by codecs (AC-3  only),  filters  (sur-
	    round) and audio output drivers (OSS at least).

	    Available options are:

	       2    stereo
	       4    surround
	       6    full 5.1
	       8    full 7.1

     -chapter <chapter ID>[-<endchapter ID>]
	    Specify which chapter to start playing at.	Optionally specify which
	    chapter to end playing at (default: 1).

     -cookies (network only)
	    Send cookies when making HTTP requests.

     -cookies-file <filename> (network only)
	    Read   HTTP   cookies  from  <filename>  (default:	~/.mozilla/  and
	    ~/.netscape/) and skip reading from default locations.  The file  is
	    assumed to be in Netscape format.

     -delay <sec>
	    audio delay in seconds (positive or negative float value)
	    Negative  values  delay  the  audio,  and  positive values delay the
	    video.  Note that this is the exact  opposite  of  the  -audio-delay
	    MEncoder option.
	    NOTE:  When  used with MEncoder, this is not guaranteed to work cor-
	    rectly with -ovc copy; use -audio-delay instead.

     -ignore-start
	    Ignore the specified starting time for streams  in	AVI  files.   In
	    MPlayer, this nullifies stream delays in files encoded with the -au-
	    dio-delay  option.	 During  encoding, this option prevents MEncoder
	    from transferring original stream start times to the new  file;  the
	    -audio-delay  option  is not affected.  Note that MEncoder sometimes
	    adjusts stream starting times automatically to compensate for antic-
	    ipated decoding delays, so do not use this option for encoding with-
	    out testing it first.

     -demuxer <[+]name>
	    Force demuxer type.  Use a '+' before the name  to	force  it,  this
	    will skip some checks!  Give the demuxer name as printed by -demuxer
	    help.   For backward compatibility it also accepts the demuxer ID as
	    defined in libmpdemux/demuxer.h.

     -dumpaudio (MPlayer only)
	    Dumps raw compressed audio	stream	to  ./stream.dump  (useful  with
	    MPEG/AC-3,	in  most  other  cases	the  resulting	file will not be
	    playable).	If you give more than  one  of	-dumpaudio,  -dumpvideo,
	    -dumpstream on the command line only the last one will work.

     -dumpfile <filename> (MPlayer only)
	    Specify  which file MPlayer should dump to.  Should be used together
	    with -dumpaudio / -dumpvideo / -dumpstream / -capture.

     -dumpstream (MPlayer only)
	    Dumps the raw stream to ./stream.dump.  Useful when ripping from DVD
	    or network.  If you give more than one  of	-dumpaudio,  -dumpvideo,
	    -dumpstream on the command line only the last one will work.

     -dumpvideo (MPlayer only)
	    Dump raw compressed video stream to ./stream.dump (not very usable).
	    If	you give more than one of -dumpaudio, -dumpvideo, -dumpstream on
	    the command line only the last one will work.

     -dvbin <options> (DVB only)
	    Pass the following parameters to the DVB input module, in  order  to
	    override the default ones:

	       card=<1-4>
		    Specifies using card number 1-4 (default: 1).
	       file=<filename>
		    Instructs MPlayer to read the channels list from <filename>.
		    Default    is    ~/.mplayer/channels.conf.{sat,ter,cbl,atsc}
		    (based on your card type) or ~/.mplayer/channels.conf  as  a
		    last resort.
	       timeout=<1-240>
		    Maximum number of seconds to wait when trying to tune a fre-
		    quency before giving up (default: 30).

     -dvd-device <path to device> (DVD only)
	    Specify  the  DVD  device or .iso filename (default: /dev/cd0).  You
	    can also specify a directory that contains files  previously  copied
	    directly from a DVD (with e.g. vobcopy).

     -dvd-speed <factor or speed in KB/s> (DVD only)
	    Try  to  limit DVD speed (default: 0, no change).  DVD base speed is
	    about 1350KB/s, so a 8x drive can read at speeds  up  to  10800KB/s.
	    Slower  speeds make the drive more quiet, for watching DVDs 2700KB/s
	    should be quiet and fast enough.  MPlayer resets the  speed  to  the
	    drive  default  value on close.  Values less than 100 mean multiples
	    of 1350KB/s, i.e. -dvd-speed 8 selects 10800KB/s.
	    NOTE: You need write access to the DVD device to change the speed.

     -dvdangle <angle ID> (DVD only)
	    Some DVD discs contain scenes that can be viewed from  multiple  an-
	    gles.  Here you can tell MPlayer which angles to use (default: 1).

     -edl <filename>
	    Enables  edit  decision  list  (EDL) actions during playback.  Video
	    will be skipped over and audio will be muted and  unmuted  according
	    to the entries in the given file.  See http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/
	    HTML/en/edl.html for details on how to use this.

     -endpos <[[hh:]mm:]ss[.ms]|size[b|kb|mb]> (also see -ss and -sb)
	    Stop at given time or byte position.
	    NOTE:  Byte  position  may not be accurate, as it can only stop at a
	    frame boundary.  When used in conjunction with -ss	option,  -endpos
	    time  will shift forward by seconds specified with -ss if not a byte
	    position.  In addition it may not work well or not at all when  used
	    with any of the -dump options.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -endpos 56
		    Stop at 56 seconds.
	       -endpos 01:10:00
		    Stop at 1 hour 10 minutes.
	       -ss 10 -endpos 56
		    Stop at 1 minute 6 seconds.
	       mplayer -endpos 100mb
		    Stop playback after reading 100MB of the input file.
	       mencoder -endpos 100mb
		    Encode only 100 MB.

     -forceidx
	    Force index rebuilding.  Useful for files with broken index (A/V de-
	    sync, etc).  This will enable seeking in files where seeking was not
	    possible.	You can fix the index permanently with MEncoder (see the
	    documentation).
	    NOTE: This option only works if the underlying media supports  seek-
	    ing (i.e. not with stdin, pipe, etc).

     -fps <float value>
	    Override  video framerate.	Useful if the original value is wrong or
	    missing.

     -frames <number>
	    Play/convert only first <number> frames, then quit.

     -hr-mp3-seek (MP3 only)
	    Hi-res MP3 seeking.  Enabled when playing from an external MP3 file,
	    as we need to seek to the very exact position to keep A/V sync.  Can
	    be slow especially when seeking backwards since it has to rewind  to
	    the beginning to find an exact frame position.

     -http-header-fields <field1,field2>
	    Set custom HTTP fields when accessing HTTP stream.

	    EXAMPLE:
		    mplayer    -http-header-fields   'Field1:	value1','Field2:
		    value2' http://localhost:1234
		    Will generate HTTP request:
		       GET / HTTP/1.0
		       Host: localhost:1234
		       User-Agent: MPlayer
		       Icy-MetaData: 1
		       Field1: value1
		       Field2: value2
		       Connection: close

     -idx (also see -forceidx)
	    Rebuilds index of files if no index  was  found,  allowing	seeking.
	    Useful with broken/incomplete downloads, or badly created files.
	    NOTE:  This option only works if the underlying media supports seek-
	    ing (i.e. not with stdin, pipe, etc).

     -noidx
	    Skip rebuilding index file.  MEncoder skips writing the  index  with
	    this option.

     -ipv4-only-proxy (network only)
	    Skip  the  proxy for IPv6 addresses.  It will still be used for IPv4
	    connections.

     -lavfstreamopts <options>
	    Specify extra options for libavformat based streams.

     -loadidx <index file>
	    The file from which to read the video index data saved by  -saveidx.
	    This  index will be used for seeking, overriding any index data con-
	    tained in the AVI itself.  MPlayer will not prevent you from loading
	    an index file generated from a different AVI, but this  is	sure  to
	    cause unfavorable results.
	    NOTE: This option is obsolete now that MPlayer has OpenDML support.

     -mc <seconds/frame>
	    maximum A-V sync correction per frame (in seconds)
	    -mc 0 should always be combined with -noskip for mencoder, otherwise
	    it will almost certainly cause A-V desync.

     -mf <option1:option2:...>
	    Used when decoding from multiple PNG or JPEG files.

	    Available options are:

	       w=<value>
		    input file width (default: autodetect)
	       h=<value>
		    input file height (default: autodetect)
	       fps=<value>
		    output fps (default: 25)
	       type=<value>
		    input file type (available: jpeg, png, tga, sgi)

     -ni    Force treating files as non-interleaved.  In particular forces usage
	    of	non-interleaved  AVI  parser  (fixes  playback	of  some bad AVI
	    files).  Can also help playing files that otherwise play  audio  and
	    video  alternating	instead  of at the same time.  This can signifi-
	    cantly increase memory usage, thus it would be preferable to fix in-
	    terleaving of affected files.

     -nobps (AVI only)
	    Do not use average byte/second value for A-V sync.	Helps with  some
	    AVI files with broken header.

     -noextbased
	    Disables  extension-based  demuxer	selection.  By default, when the
	    file type (demuxer) cannot be detected reliably  (the  file  has  no
	    header or it is not reliable enough), the filename extension is used
	    to	select	the demuxer.  Always falls back on content-based demuxer
	    selection.

     -passwd <password> (also see -user) (network only)
	    Specify password for HTTP authentication.

     -prefer-ipv4 (network only)
	    Use IPv4 on network connections.  Falls back on IPv6 automatically.

     -prefer-ipv6 (IPv6 network only)
	    Use IPv6 on network connections.  Falls back on IPv4 automatically.

     -psprobe <byte position>
	    When playing an MPEG-PS or MPEG-PES streams, this  option  lets  you
	    specify how many bytes in the stream you want MPlayer to scan in or-
	    der to identify the video codec used.  This option is needed to play
	    EVO or VDR files containing H.264 streams.

     -pvr <option1:option2:...> (PVR only)
	    This  option  tunes  various  encoding properties of the PVR capture
	    module.  It has to be used with any hardware MPEG encoder based card
	    supported	by   the   V4L2    driver.     The    Hauppauge    WinTV
	    PVR-150/250/350/500  and  all IVTV based cards are known as PVR cap-
	    ture cards.  Be aware that only Linux 2.6.18  kernel  and  above  is
	    able to handle MPEG stream through V4L2 layer.  For hardware capture
	    of	an  MPEG  stream  and  watching  it  with  MPlayer/MEncoder, use
	    'pvr://' as a movie URL.

	    Available options are:

	       aspect=<0-3>
		    Specify input aspect ratio:
		       0: 1:1
		       1: 4:3 (default)
		       2: 16:9
		       3: 2.21:1

	       arate=<32000-48000>
		    Specify encoding audio rate (default: 48000  Hz,  available:
		    32000, 44100 and 48000 Hz).

	       alayer=<1-5>
		    Specify MPEG audio layer encoding (default: 2).

	       abitrate=<32-448>
		    Specify audio encoding bitrate in kbps (default: 384).

	       amode=<value>
		    Specify  audio  encoding  mode.  Available preset values are
		    'stereo',  'joint_stereo',	'dual'	and   'mono'   (default:
		    stereo).

	       vbitrate=<value>
		    Specify average video bitrate encoding in Mbps (default: 6).

	       vmode=<value>
		    Specify video encoding mode:
		       vbr: Variable BitRate (default)
		       cbr: Constant BitRate

	       vpeak=<value>
		    Specify peak video bitrate encoding in Mbps (only useful for
		    VBR encoding, default: 9.6).

	       fmt=<value>
		    Choose an MPEG format for encoding:
		       ps:    MPEG-2 Program Stream (default)
		       ts:    MPEG-2 Transport Stream
		       mpeg1: MPEG-1 System Stream
		       vcd:   Video CD compatible stream
		       svcd:  Super Video CD compatible stream
		       dvd:   DVD compatible stream

     -radio <option1:option2:...> (radio only)
	    These  options  set  various parameters of the radio capture module.
	    For listening to radio with MPlayer  use  'radio://<frequency>'  (if
	    channels  option  is  not  given)  or 'radio://<channel_number>' (if
	    channels option is given) as a movie URL.  You can see allowed  fre-
	    quency  range  by  running MPlayer with '-v'.  To start the grabbing
	    subsystem, use 'radio://<frequency	or  channel>/capture'.	 If  the
	    capture keyword is not given you can listen to radio using the line-
	    in	cable  only.   Using capture to listen is not recommended due to
	    synchronization problems, which makes this process uncomfortable.

	    Available options are:

	       device=<value>
		    Radio device to use  (default:  /dev/radio0  for  Linux  and
		    /dev/tuner0 for *BSD).

	       driver=<value>
		    Radio  driver  to use (default: v4l2 if available, otherwise
		    v4l).  Currently, v4l and v4l2 drivers are supported.

	       volume=<0..100>
		    sound volume for radio device (default 100)

	       freq_min=<value> (*BSD BT848 only)
		    minimum allowed frequency (default: 87.50)

	       freq_max=<value> (*BSD BT848 only)
		    maximum allowed frequency (default: 108.00)

	       channels=<frequency>-<name>,<frequency>-<name>,...
		    Set channel list.  Use _ for spaces in names (or  play  with
		    quoting  ;-).   The channel names will then be written using
		    OSD  and  the  slave  commands  radio_step_channel	and  ra-
		    dio_set_channel  will  be  usable  for a remote control (see
		    LIRC).  If given, number in movie URL  will  be  treated  as
		    channel position in channel list.
		    EXAMPLE: radio://1, radio://104.4, radio_set_channel 1

	       adevice=<value> (radio capture only)
		    Name  of  device to capture sound from.  Without such a name
		    capture will be disabled, even if the  capture  keyword  ap-
		    pears  in  the  URL.   For	ALSA  devices use it in the form
		    hw=<card>.<device>.  If the device name contains a '=',  the
		    module will use ALSA to capture, otherwise OSS.

	       arate=<value> (radio capture only)
		    Rate in samples per second (default: 44100).
		    NOTE:   When   using   audio   capture  set  also  -rawaudio
		    rate=<value> option with the same value as	arate.	 If  you
		    have  problems  with  sound speed (runs too quickly), try to
		    play     with     different      rate      values	   (e.g.
		    48000,44100,32000,...).

	       achannels=<value> (radio capture only)
		    Number of audio channels to capture.

     -rawaudio <option1:option2:...>
	    This option lets you play raw audio files.	You have to use -demuxer
	    rawaudio  as  well.  It may also be used to play audio CDs which are
	    not 44kHz 16-bit stereo.  For playing raw AC-3 streams use -rawaudio
	    format=0x2000 -demuxer rawaudio.

	    Available options are:

	       channels=<value>
		    number of channels
	       rate=<value>
		    rate in samples per second
	       samplesize=<value>
		    sample size in bytes
	       bitrate=<value>
		    bitrate for rawaudio files
	       format=<value>
		    fourcc in hex

     -rawvideo <option1:option2:...>
	    This option lets you play raw video files.	You have to use -demuxer
	    rawvideo as well.

	    Available options are:

	       fps=<value>
		    rate in frames per second (default: 25.0)
	       sqcif|qcif|cif|4cif|pal|ntsc
		    set standard image size
	       w=<value>
		    image width in pixels
	       h=<value>
		    image height in pixels
	       i420|yv12|yuy2|y8
		    set colorspace
	       format=<value>
		    colorspace	(fourcc)  in  hex  or  string	constant.    Use
		    -rawvideo format=help for a list of possible strings.
	       size=<value>
		    frame size in Bytes

	    EXAMPLE:
	       mplayer foreman.qcif -demuxer rawvideo -rawvideo qcif
		    Play the famous "foreman" sample video.
	       mplayer sample-720x576.yuv -demuxer rawvideo -rawvideo
	       w=720:h=576
		    Play a raw YUV sample.

     -referrer <string> (network only)
	    Specify a referrer path or URL for HTTP requests.

     -rtsp-port
	    Used  with	'rtsp://'  URLs to force the client's port number.  This
	    option may be useful if you are behind a router and want to  forward
	    the RTSP stream from the server to a specific client.

     -rtsp-destination
	    Used  with	'rtsp://' URLs to force the destination IP address to be
	    bound.  This option may be useful with some RTSP server which do not
	    send RTP packets to the right interface.  If the connection  to  the
	    RTSP  server  fails, use -v to see which IP address MPlayer tries to
	    bind to and try to force it to one assigned  to  your  computer  in-
	    stead.

     -rtsp-stream-over-tcp (LIVE555 and NEMESI only)
	    Used  with 'rtsp://' URLs to specify that the resulting incoming RTP
	    and RTCP packets be streamed over TCP (using the same TCP connection
	    as RTSP).  This option may be useful if you have a	broken	internet
	    connection	 that	does   not   pass   incoming  UDP  packets  (see
	    http://www.live555.com/mplayer/).

     -rtsp-stream-over-http (LIVE555 only)
	    Used with 'http://' URLs to specify that the resulting incoming  RTP
	    and RTCP packets be streamed over HTTP.

     -saveidx <filename>
	    Force  index rebuilding and dump the index to <filename>.  Currently
	    this only works with AVI files.
	    NOTE: This option is obsolete now that MPlayer has OpenDML support.

     -sb <byte position> (also see -ss)
	    Seek to byte position.  Useful for playback from  CD-ROM  images  or
	    VOB files with junk at the beginning.

     -speed <0.01-100>
	    Slow  down	or  speed  up playback by the factor given as parameter.
	    Not guaranteed to work correctly with -oac copy.  Add -af scaletempo
	    to get past the 4x limit on playback.

     -srate <Hz>
	    Select the output sample rate to be used (of course sound cards have
	    limits on this).  If the sample frequency selected is different from
	    that of the current media, the resample or lavcresample audio filter
	    will be inserted into the audio filter layer to compensate	for  the
	    difference.  The type of resampling can be controlled by the -af-adv
	    option.  The default is fast resampling that may cause distortion.

     -ss <time> (also see -sb)
	    Seek  to given time position.  Use -ss nopts to disable seeking, -ss
	    0 has different behaviour.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -ss 56
		    Seeks to 56 seconds.
	       -ss 01:10:00
		    Seeks to 1 hour 10 min.

     -tskeepbroken
	    Tells MPlayer not to discard TS packets reported as  broken  in  the
	    stream.  Sometimes needed to play corrupted MPEG-TS files.

     -tsprobe <byte position>
	    When  playing  an  MPEG-TS	stream, this option lets you specify how
	    many bytes in the stream you want MPlayer to search for the  desired
	    audio and video IDs.

     -tsprog <1-65534>
	    When  playing  an  MPEG-TS	stream, you can specify with this option
	    which program (if present) you want to play.  Can be used with  -vid
	    and -aid.

     -tv <option1:option2:...> (TV/PVR only)
	    This  option tunes various properties of the TV capture module.  For
	    watching TV with MPlayer, use 'tv://' or 'tv://<channel_number>'  or
	    even  'tv://<channel_name> (see option channels for channel_name be-
	    low) as a movie URL.  You can also use 'tv:///<input_id>'  to  start
	    watching a movie from a composite or S-Video input (see option input
	    for details).

	    Available options are:

	       noaudio
		    no sound

	       automute=<0-255> (v4l and v4l2 only)
		    If	signal	strength  reported  by	device is less than this
		    value, audio and video will be muted.  In most  cases  auto-
		    mute=100 will be enough.  Default is 0 (automute disabled).

	       driver=<value>
		    See  -tv driver=help for a list of compiled-in TV input dri-
		    vers.  available: dummy, v4l, v4l2, bsdbt848  (default:  au-
		    todetect)

	       device=<value>
		    Specify TV device (default: /dev/video0).  NOTE: For the bs-
		    dbt848  driver  you  can  provide both bktr and tuner device
		    names separating them with a comma, tuner after  bktr  (e.g.
		    -tv device=/dev/bktr1,/dev/tuner1).

	       input=<value>
		    Specify  input  (default:  0  (TV),  see  console output for
		    available inputs).

	       freq=<value>
		    Specify the frequency to set the tuner  to	(e.g.  511.250).
		    Not compatible with the channels parameter.

	       outfmt=<value>
		    Specify  the  output format of the tuner with a preset value
		    supported by the V4L  driver  (yv12,  rgb32,  rgb24,  rgb16,
		    rgb15, uyvy, yuy2, i420) or an arbitrary format given as hex
		    value.  Try outfmt=help for a list of all available formats.

	       width=<value>
		    output window width

	       height=<value>
		    output window height

	       fps=<value>
		    framerate at which to capture video (frames per second)

	       buffersize=<value>
		    maximum  size  of  the capture buffer in megabytes (default:
		    dynamical)

	       norm=<value>
		    For bsdbt848 and v4l, PAL, SECAM, NTSC are	available.   For
		    v4l2,  see	the  console  output for a list of all available
		    norms, also see the normid option below.

	       normid=<value> (v4l2 only)
		    Sets the TV norm to the given numeric ID.  The TV  norm  de-
		    pends  on  the  capture  card.  See the console output for a
		    list of available TV norms.

	       channel=<value>
		    Set tuner to <value> channel.

	       chanlist=<value>
		    available: argentina, australia,  china-bcast,  europe-east,
		    europe-west,  france, ireland, italy, japan-bcast, japan-ca-
		    ble, newzealand, russia,  southafrica,  us-bcast,  us-cable,
		    us-cable-hrc

	       channels=<chan>-<name>[=<norm>],<chan>-<name>[=<norm>],...
		    Set  names	for  channels.	 NOTE:	If  <chan> is an integer
		    greater than 1000, it will be treated as frequency (in  kHz)
		    rather than channel name from frequency table.
		    Use  _  for  spaces in names (or play with quoting ;-).  The
		    channel names will then be written using OSD, and the  slave
		    commands tv_step_channel, tv_set_channel and tv_last_channel
		    will be usable for a remote control (see LIRC).  Not compat-
		    ible with the frequency parameter.
		    NOTE:  The	channel  number will then be the position in the
		    'channels' list, beginning with 1.
		    EXAMPLE: tv://1, tv://TV1, tv_set_channel 1,  tv_set_channel
		    TV1

	       [brightness|contrast|hue|saturation]=<-100-100>
		    Set the image equalizer on the card.

	       audiorate=<value>
		    Set input audio sample rate.

	       forceaudio
		    Capture audio even if there are no audio sources reported by
		    v4l.

	       alsa Capture from ALSA.

	       amode=<0-3>
		    Choose an audio mode:
		       0: mono
		       1: stereo
		       2: language 1
		       3: language 2

	       forcechan=<1-2>
		    By	default,  the count of recorded audio channels is deter-
		    mined automatically by querying the audio mode from  the  TV
		    card.   This option allows forcing stereo/mono recording re-
		    gardless of the amode option and the values returned by v4l.
		    This can be used for troubleshooting when the TV card is un-
		    able to report the current audio mode.

	       adevice=<value>
		    Set an audio device.  <value> should be /dev/xxx for OSS and
		    a hardware ID for ALSA.  You must replace any ':' by  a  '.'
		    in the hardware ID for ALSA.

	       audioid=<value>
		    Choose  an	audio output of the capture card, if it has more
		    than one.

	       [volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0-65535> (v4l1)

	       [volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0-100> (v4l2)
		    These options set parameters of the mixer on the video  cap-
		    ture  card.  They will have no effect, if your card does not
		    have one.  For v4l2 50 maps to the default value of the con-
		    trol, as reported by the driver.

	       gain=<0-100> (v4l2)
		    Set gain control for video devices (usually webcams) to  the
		    desired  value and switch off automatic control.  A value of
		    0 enables automatic control.  If  this  option  is	omitted,
		    gain control will not be modified.

	       immediatemode=<bool>
		    A  value  of  0 means capture and buffer audio and video to-
		    gether (default for MEncoder).  A value of	1  (default  for
		    MPlayer) means to do video capture only and let the audio go
		    through a loopback cable from the TV card to the sound card.

	       mjpegUse  hardware  MJPEG  compression (if the card supports it).
		    When using this option, you do not need to specify the width
		    and height of the output window, because MPlayer will deter-
		    mine it automatically from the decimation value (see below).

	       decimation=<1|2|4>
		    choose the size of the picture that will  be  compressed  by
		    hardware MJPEG compression:
		       1: full size
			   704x576    PAL
			   704x480    NTSC
		       2: medium size
			   352x288    PAL
			   352x240    NTSC
		       4: small size
			   176x144    PAL
			   176x120    NTSC

	       quality=<0-100>
		    Choose the quality of the JPEG compression (< 60 recommended
		    for full size).

	       tdevice=<value>
		    Specify  TV  teletext  device (example: /dev/vbi0) (default:
		    none).

	       tformat=<format>
		    Specify TV teletext display format (default: 0):
		       0: opaque
		       1: transparent
		       2: opaque with inverted colors
		       3: transparent with inverted colors

	       tpage=<100-899>
		    Specify initial TV teletext page number (default: 100).

	       tlang=<-1-127>
		    Specify default teletext language code (default:  0),  which
		    will  be  used as primary language until a type 28 packet is
		    received.  Useful when the teletext system uses a  non-latin
		    character  set,  but  language codes are not transmitted via
		    teletext type 28 packets for some reason.  To see a list  of
		    supported language codes set this option to -1.

	       hidden_video_renderer (dshow only)
		    Terminate  stream  with  video renderer instead of Null ren-
		    derer (default: off).  Will help if video freezes but  audio
		    does  not.	NOTE: May not work with -vo directx and -vf crop
		    combination.

	       hidden_vp_renderer (dshow only)
		    Terminate VideoPort pin stream with video  renderer  instead
		    of	removing  it  from  the graph (default: off).  Useful if
		    your card has a VideoPort pin and video  is  choppy.   NOTE:
		    May not work with -vo directx and -vf crop combination.

	       system_clock (dshow only)
		    Use  the  system clock as sync source instead of the default
		    graph clock (usually the clock from one of the live  sources
		    in graph).

	       normalize_audio_chunks (dshow only)
		    Create  audio chunks with a time length equal to video frame
		    time length (default: off).  Some audio cards  create  audio
		    chunks  about  0.5s  in size, resulting in choppy video when
		    using immediatemode=0.

     -tvscan <option1:option2:...> (TV and MPlayer only)
	    Tune the TV channel scanner.  MPlayer will also print value for "-tv
	    channels=" option, including existing and just found channels.

	    Available suboptions are:

	       autostart
		    Begin channel scanning immediately after  startup  (default:
		    disabled).

	       period=<0.1-2.0>
		    Specify  delay  in	seconds before switching to next channel
		    (default: 0.5).  Lower values will	cause  faster  scanning,
		    but can detect inactive TV channels as active.

	       threshold=<1-100>
		    Threshold value for the signal strength (in percent), as re-
		    ported  by	the  device  (default:	50).   A signal strength
		    higher than this value  will  indicate  that  the  currently
		    scanning channel is active.

     -user <username> (also see -passwd) (network only)
	    Specify username for HTTP authentication.

     -user-agent <string>
	    Use <string> as user agent for HTTP streaming.

     -vid <ID>
	    Select  video  channel  (MPG:  0-15,  ASF: 0-255, MPEG-TS: 17-8190).
	    When playing an MPEG-TS stream, MPlayer/MEncoder will use the  first
	    program (if present) with the chosen video stream.

     -vivo <suboption> (DEBUG CODE)
	    Force  audio  parameters  for  the	VIVO demuxer (for debugging pur-
	    poses).  FIXME: Document this.

OSD/SUBTITLE OPTIONS
     NOTE: Also see -vf expand.

     -ass (FreeType only)
	    Turn on SSA/ASS subtitle rendering.  With this option,  libass  will
	    be used for SSA/ASS external subtitles and Matroska tracks.  You may
	    also want to use -embeddedfonts.
	    NOTE:  Unlike normal OSD, libass uses fontconfig by default. To dis-
	    able it, use -nofontconfig.

     -ass-border-color <value>
	    Sets the border (outline) color for text subtitles.  The color  for-
	    mat is RRGGBBAA.

     -ass-bottom-margin <value>
	    Adds  a black band at the bottom of the frame.  The SSA/ASS renderer
	    can place subtitles there (with -ass-use-margins).

     -ass-color <value>
	    Sets the color for text subtitles.	The color format is RRGGBBAA.

     -ass-font-scale <value>
	    Set the scale coefficient to be used for fonts in the  SSA/ASS  ren-
	    derer.

     -ass-force-style <[Style.]Param=Value[,...]>
	    Override some style or script info parameters.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -ass-force-style FontName=Arial,Default.Bold=1
	       -ass-force-style PlayResY=768

     -ass-hinting <type>
	    Set hinting type.  <type> can be:
	       0    no hinting
	       1    FreeType autohinter, light mode
	       2    FreeType autohinter, normal mode
	       3    font native hinter
	       0-3 + 4
		    The  same,	but hinting will only be performed if the OSD is
		    rendered at screen resolution  and	will  therefore  not  be
		    scaled.
	       The default value is 7 (use native hinter for unscaled OSD and no
	       hinting otherwise).

     -ass-line-spacing <value>
	    Set line spacing value for SSA/ASS renderer.

     -ass-styles <filename>
	    Load all SSA/ASS styles found in the specified file and use them for
	    rendering  text  subtitles.   The syntax of the file is exactly like
	    the [V4 Styles] / [V4+ Styles] section of SSA/ASS.

     -ass-top-margin <value>
	    Adds a black band at the top of the frame.	The SSA/ASS renderer can
	    place toptitles there (with -ass-use-margins).

     -ass-use-margins
	    Enables placing toptitles and subtitles in black borders  when  they
	    are available.

     -dumpjacosub (MPlayer only)
	    Convert  the  given subtitle (specified with the -sub option) to the
	    time-based JACOsub subtitle format.  Creates a  dumpsub.js	file  in
	    the current directory.

     -dumpmicrodvdsub (MPlayer only)
	    Convert  the  given subtitle (specified with the -sub option) to the
	    MicroDVD subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.sub file in the current
	    directory.

     -dumpmpsub (MPlayer only)
	    Convert the given subtitle	(specified  with  the  -sub  option)  to
	    MPlayer's  subtitle format, MPsub.	Creates a dump.mpsub file in the
	    current directory.

     -dumpsami (MPlayer only)
	    Convert the given subtitle (specified with the -sub option)  to  the
	    time-based	SAMI subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.smi file in the
	    current directory.

     -dumpsrtsub (MPlayer only)
	    Convert the given subtitle (specified with the -sub option)  to  the
	    time-based	SubViewer  (SRT) subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.srt
	    file in the current directory.
	    NOTE: Some broken hardware players choke on SRT subtitle files  with
	    Unix  line	endings.   If you are unlucky enough to have such a box,
	    pass your subtitle files through unix2dos or a  similar  program  to
	    replace Unix line endings with DOS/Windows line endings.

     -dumpsub (MPlayer only) (BETA CODE)
	    Dumps  the	subtitle  substream  from  VOB	streams.   Also  see the
	    -dump*sub and -vobsubout* options.

     -embeddedfonts (FreeType only)
	    Enables extraction of Matroska embedded fonts  (default:  disabled).
	    These  fonts  can  be  used for SSA/ASS subtitle rendering (-ass op-
	    tion).  Font files are created in the ~/.mplayer/fonts directory.
	    NOTE: With FontConfig 2.4.2 or newer, embedded fonts are opened  di-
	    rectly from memory, and this option is enabled by default.

     -ffactor <number>
	    Resample the font alphamap.  Can be:
	       0    plain white fonts
	       0.75 very narrow black outline (default)
	       1    narrow black outline
	       10   bold black outline

     -flip-hebrew (FriBiDi only)
	    Turns on flipping subtitles using FriBiDi.

     -noflip-hebrew-commas
	    Change  FriBiDi's assumptions about the placements of commas in sub-
	    titles.  Use this if commas in subtitles are shown at the start of a
	    sentence instead of at the end.

     -font <path to font.desc file, path to font (FreeType), font pattern (Font-
     config)>
	    Search for the OSD/subtitle fonts in an alternative  directory  (de-
	    fault  for	normal	fonts:	~/.mplayer/font/font.desc,  default  for
	    FreeType  fonts:  ~/.mplayer/subfont.ttf,  default	for  Fontconfig:
	    "sans-serif").
	    NOTE:  With  FreeType,  this  option determines the path to the font
	    file.  With Fontconfig, this option determines the	Fontconfig  font
	    pattern.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -font ~/.mplayer/arial-14/font.desc
	       -font ~/.mplayer/arialuni.ttf
	       -font 'Bitstream Vera Sans'
	       -font 'Bitstream Vera Sans:style=Bold'

     -fontconfig (fontconfig only)
	    Enables the usage of fontconfig managed fonts (default: autodetect).
	    NOTE:  By  default	fontconfig is used for libass-rendered subtitles
	    and not used for OSD. With -fontconfig it is used  for  both  libass
	    and  OSD,  with  -nofontconfig it is not used at all, i.e. only then
	    -font and -subfont will work with a given path to font.

     -forcedsubsonly
	    Display only forced subtitles for the DVD subtitle	stream	selected
	    by e.g. -slang.

     -fribidi-charset <charset name> (FriBiDi only)
	    Specifies  the character set that will be passed to FriBiDi when de-
	    coding non-UTF-8 subtitles (default: ISO8859-8).

     -ifo <VOBsub IFO file>
	    Indicate the file that will be used to load palette and  frame  size
	    for VOBsub subtitles.

     -noautosub
	    Turns  off	automatic subtitle file loading.  Note: VOBsub subtitles
	    are not affected.

     -osd-duration <time>
	    Set the duration of the OSD messages in ms (default: 1000).

     -osd-fractions <0-2>
	    Set how fractions of seconds of the current timestamp are printed on
	    the OSD:
	       0    Do not display fractions (default).
	       1    Show the first two decimals.
	       2    Show approximated frame count within current  second.   This
		    frame  count is not accurate but only an approximation.  For
		    variable fps, the approximation is known to be far	off  the
		    correct frame count.

     -osdlevel <0-3> (MPlayer only)
	    Specifies which mode the OSD should start in.
	       0    subtitles only
	       1    volume + seek (default)
	       2    volume + seek + timer + percentage
	       3    volume + seek + timer + percentage + total time

     -overlapsub
	    Allows  the  next  subtitle to be displayed while the current one is
	    still visible (default is to enable the support  only  for	specific
	    formats).

     -progbar-align <0-100>
	    Specify  the  vertical  alignment  of the progress bar (0: top, 100:
	    bottom, default is 50, i.e. centered).

     -sid <ID> (also see -slang, -vobsubid)
	    Display the subtitle  stream  specified  by  <ID>  (0-31).	 MPlayer
	    prints the available subtitle IDs when run in verbose (-v) mode.  If
	    you cannot select one of the subtitles on a DVD, also try -vobsubid.

     -nosub
	    Disables any otherwise auto-selected internal subtitles (as e.g. the
	    Matroska/mkv demuxer supports).  Use -noautosub to disable the load-
	    ing of external subtitle files.

     -slang <language code[,language code,...]> (also see -sid)
	    Specify  a	priority  list	of subtitle languages to use.  Different
	    container formats employ different language  codes.   DVDs	use  ISO
	    639-1  two letter language codes, Matroska uses ISO 639-2 three let-
	    ter language codes while OGM uses a free-form  identifier.	 MPlayer
	    prints the available languages when run in verbose (-v) mode.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       mplayer dvd://1 -slang hu,en
		    Chooses the Hungarian subtitle track on a DVD and falls back
		    on English if Hungarian is not available.
	       mplayer -slang jpn example.mkv
		    Plays a Matroska file with Japanese subtitles.

     -spuaa <mode>
	    Antialiasing/scaling  mode	for  DVD/VOBsub.   A  value of 16 may be
	    added to <mode> in order to force scaling  even  when  original  and
	    scaled  frame  size  already  match.   This  can be employed to e.g.
	    smooth subtitles with gaussian blur.  Available modes are:
	       0    none (fastest, very ugly)
	       1    approximate (broken?)
	       2    full (slow)
	       3    bilinear (default, fast and not too bad)
	       4    uses swscaler gaussian blur (looks very good)

     -spualign <-1-2>
	    Specify how SPU (DVD/VOBsub) subtitles should be aligned.
	       -1   original position
		0   Align at top (original behavior, default).
		1   Align at center.
		2   Align at bottom.

     -spugauss <0.0-3.0>
	    Variance parameter of gaussian used by -spuaa 4.  Higher means  more
	    blur (default: 1.0).

     -sub <subtitlefile1,subtitlefile2,...>
	    Use/display these subtitle files.  Only one file can be displayed at
	    the same time.

     -sub-bg-alpha <0-255>
	    Specify  the  alpha channel value for subtitles and OSD backgrounds.
	    Big values mean more transparency.	0 means completely transparent.

     -sub-bg-color <0-255>
	    Specify the color value for subtitles  and	OSD  backgrounds.   Cur-
	    rently  subtitles  are  grayscale so this value is equivalent to the
	    intensity of the color.  255 means white and 0 black.

     -sub-demuxer <[+]name> (-subfile only) (BETA CODE)
	    Force subtitle demuxer type for -subfile.  Use a '+' before the name
	    to force it, this will skip some checks!  Give the demuxer	name  as
	    printed  by  -sub-demuxer  help.  For backward compatibility it also
	    accepts the demuxer ID as defined in subreader.h.

     -sub-fuzziness <mode>
	    Adjust matching fuzziness when searching for subtitles (does not ap-
	    ply to VOBsub):
	       0    exact match (default)
	       1    Load all subs containing movie name.
	       2    Load all subs in the current and -sub-paths directories.

     -sub-no-text-pp
	    Disables any kind of text post processing  done  after  loading  the
	    subtitles.	Used for debug purposes.

     -subalign <0-2>
	    Specify  which edge of the subtitles should be aligned at the height
	    given by -subpos.
	       0    Align subtitle top edge (original behavior).
	       1    Align subtitle center.
	       2    Align subtitle bottom edge (default).

     -subcc <1-8>
	    Display DVD Closed Caption (CC) subtitles from the	specified  chan-
	    nel.   Values 5 to 8 select a mode that can extract EIA-608 compati-
	    bility streams from EIA-708 data.  These are not the VOB  subtitles,
	    these  are	special ASCII subtitles for the hearing impaired encoded
	    in the VOB userdata stream on most region 1 DVDs.  CC subtitles have
	    not been spotted on DVDs from other regions so far.

     -subcp <codepage> (iconv only)
	    If your system supports iconv(3), you can use this option to specify
	    the subtitle codepage. It takes priority over both -utf8  and  -uni-
	    code.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -subcp latin2
	       -subcp cp1250

     -subcp enca:<language>:<fallback codepage> (ENCA only)
	    You  can  specify  your language using a two letter language code to
	    make ENCA detect the codepage automatically.  If unsure, enter  any-
	    thing  and	watch mplayer -v output for available languages.  Use __
	    (two underscores) if your language is not supported.  Fallback code-
	    page specifies the codepage to use, when autodetection fails.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -subcp enca:cs:latin2
		    Guess the encoding, assuming the subtitles are  Czech,  fall
		    back on latin 2, if the detection fails.
	       -subcp enca:pl:cp1250
		    Guess the encoding for Polish, fall back on cp1250.
	       -subcp enca:__:latin1
		    Generic detection (mostly unicode) with latin1 fallback.

     -sub-paths <path1,path2,...>
	    Specify extra subtitle paths to track in the media directory.

	    EXAMPLE:   Assuming  that  /path/to/movie/movie.avi  is  played  and
	    -sub-paths sub,subtitles,/tmp/subs is  specified,  MPlayer	searches
	    for subtitle files in these directories:
	       /path/to/movie/
	       /path/to/movie/sub/
	       /path/to/movie/subtitles/
	       /tmp/subs/
	       ~/.mplayer/sub/

     -subdelay <sec>
	    Delays subtitles by <sec> seconds.	Can be negative.

     -subfile <filename> (BETA CODE)
	    Currently  useless.   Same	as  -audiofile, but for subtitle streams
	    (OggDS?).

     -subfont <path to font (FreeType), font pattern (Fontconfig)> (FreeType
     only)
	    Sets the subtitle font (see -font).  If no -subfont is given,  -font
	    is used.

     -subfont-autoscale <0-3> (FreeType only)
	    Sets the autoscale mode.
	    NOTE:  0  means  that  text  scale and OSD scale are font heights in
	    points.

	    The mode can be:

	       0    no autoscale
	       1    proportional to movie height
	       2    proportional to movie width
	       3    proportional to movie diagonal (default)

     -subfont-blur <0-8> (FreeType only)
	    Sets the font blur radius (default: 2).

     -subfont-encoding <value>
	    Sets the font encoding.  When set to 'unicode', all the glyphs  from
	    the  font  file  will be rendered and unicode will be used (default:
	    unicode). (Without FreeType, setting any other value than  'unicode'
	    will  disable  unicode  glyphs  rendering  for font.desc files. With
	    FreeType and for other values than 'unicode' your system has to sup-
	    port iconv(3) in order for this to work.)

     -subfont-osd-scale <0-100> (FreeType only)
	    Sets the autoscale coefficient of the OSD elements (default: 6).

     -subfont-outline <0-8> (FreeType only)
	    Sets the font outline thickness (default: 2).

     -subfont-text-scale <0-100> (FreeType only)
	    Sets the subtitle text autoscale coefficient as  percentage  of  the
	    screen size (default: 5).

     -subfps <rate>
	    Specify the framerate of the subtitle file (default: movie fps).
	    NOTE:  <rate>  >  movie  fps speeds the subtitles up for frame-based
	    subtitle files and slows them down for time-based ones.

     -subpos <0-150> (useful with -vf expand)
	    Specify the position of subtitles on the screen.  The value  is  the
	    vertical position of the subtitle in % of the screen height.  Values
	    larger than 100 allow part of the subtitle to be cut off.

     -subwidth <10-100>
	    Specify  the  maximum  width of subtitles on the screen.  Useful for
	    TV-out.  The value is the width of the subtitle in % of  the  screen
	    width.

     -noterm-osd
	    Disable  the  display  of  OSD messages on the console when no video
	    output is available.

     -term-osd-esc <escape sequence>
	    Specify the escape sequence to use before writing an OSD message  on
	    the console.  The escape sequence should move the pointer to the be-
	    ginning  of  the  line  used  for  the  OSD  and  clear it (default:
	    ^[[A\r^[[K).

     -unicode
	    Tells MPlayer to handle the subtitle file as unicode. (It will  only
	    take effect if neither -subcp nor -utf8 is given.)

     -unrarexec <path to unrar executable> (not supported on MingW)
	    Specify  the  path	to the unrar executable so MPlayer can use it to
	    access rar-compressed VOBsub files (default: not set, so the feature
	    is off).  The path must  include  the  executable's  filename,  i.e.
	    /usr/local/bin/unrar.

     -utf8
	    Tells  MPlayer  to	handle the subtitle file as UTF-8. (It will only
	    take effect if -subcp isn't given, and it takes priority over  -uni-
	    code.)

     -vobsub <VOBsub file without extension>
	    Specify  a	VOBsub	file  to  use for subtitles.  Has to be the full
	    pathname without extension,  i.e.  without	the  '.idx',  '.ifo'  or
	    '.sub'.

     -vobsubid <0-31>
	    Specify the VOBsub subtitle ID.

AUDIO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)
     -abs <value> (-ao oss only) (OBSOLETE)
	    Override audio driver/card buffer size detection.

     -format <format> (also see the format audio filter)
	    Select the sample format used for output from the audio filter layer
	    to	the  sound  card.  The values that <format> can adopt are listed
	    below in the description of the format audio filter.

     -mixer <device>
	    Use a mixer device different from the default /dev/mixer.  For  ALSA
	    this is the mixer name.

     -mixer-channel <mixer line>[,mixer index] (-ao oss and -ao alsa only)
	    This  option  will	tell MPlayer to use a different channel for con-
	    trolling volume than the default PCM.  Options for OSS include  vol,
	    pcm,  line.   For  a  complete  list  of  options look for SOUND_DE-
	    VICE_NAMES in /usr/include/linux/soundcard.h.  For ALSA you can  use
	    the names e.g. alsamixer displays, like Master, Line, PCM.
	    NOTE:  ALSA  mixer channel names followed by a number must be speci-
	    fied in the <name,number> format, i.e. a channel labeled 'PCM 1'  in
	    alsamixer must be converted to PCM,1.

     -softvol
	    Force the use of the software mixer, instead of using the sound card
	    mixer.

     -softvol-max <10.0-10000.0>
	    Set  the  maximum  amplification level in percent (default: 110).  A
	    value of 200 will allow you to adjust the volume up to a maximum  of
	    double  the current level.	With values below 100 the initial volume
	    (which is 100%) will be above the maximum, which e.g. the OSD cannot
	    display correctly.

     -volstep <0-100>
	    Set the step size of mixer volume changes in percent  of  the  whole
	    range (default: 3).

     -volume <-1-100> (also see -af volume)
	    Set the startup volume in the mixer, either hardware or software (if
	    used  with	-softvol).   A value of -1 (the default) will not change
	    the volume.

AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)
     Audio output drivers are interfaces to different audio  output  facilities.
     The syntax is:

     -ao <driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>
	    Specify a priority list of audio output drivers to be used.

     If  the  list has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back on drivers not con-
     tained in the list.  Suboptions are optional and can mostly be omitted.
     NOTE: See -ao help for a list of compiled-in audio output drivers.

     EXAMPLE:
	       -ao alsa,oss,
		    Try the ALSA driver, then the OSS driver, then others.
	       -ao alsa:noblock:device=hw=0.3
		    Sets noblock-mode and the device-name as first card,  fourth
		    device.

     Available audio output drivers are:

     alsa
	    ALSA 0.9/1.x audio output driver
	       noblock
		    Sets noblock-mode.
	       device=<device>
		    Sets  the device name.  Replace any ',' with '.' and any ':'
		    with '=' in the ALSA device  name.	 For  hwac3  output  via
		    S/PDIF, use an "iec958" or "spdif" device, unless you really
		    know how to set it correctly.

     oss
	    OSS audio output driver
	       <dsp-device>
		    Sets the audio output device (default: /dev/dsp).
	       <mixer-device>
		    Sets the audio mixer device (default: /dev/mixer).
	       <mixer-channel>
		    Sets the audio mixer channel (default: pcm).

     sdl (SDL only)
	    highly  platform  independent SDL (Simple Directmedia Layer) library
	    audio output driver
	       <driver>
		    Explicitly choose the SDL audio driver to use (default:  let
		    SDL choose).

     arts
	    audio output through the aRts daemon

     esd
	    audio output through the ESD daemon
	       <server>
		    Explicitly	choose	the  ESD  server to use (default: local-
		    host).

     jack
	    audio output through JACK (Jack Audio Connection Kit)
	       (no)connect
		    Automatically create connections to output	ports  (default:
		    enabled).	When enabled, the maximum number of output chan-
		    nels will be limited  to  the  number  of  available  output
		    ports.
	       port=<name>
		    Connects to the ports with the given name (default: physical
		    ports).
	       name=<client
		    Client  name  that	is  passed  to	JACK  (default:  MPlayer
		    [<PID>]).  Useful if you want to  have  certain  connections
		    established automatically.
	       (no)estimate
		    Estimate  the  audio delay, supposed to make the video play-
		    back smoother (default: enabled).
	       (no)autostart
		    Automatically start jackd if necessary (default:  disabled).
		    Note  that	this  seems unreliable and will spam stdout with
		    server messages.

     nas
	    audio output through NAS

     coreaudio (Mac OS X only)
	    native Mac OS X audio output driver
	       device_id=<id>
		    ID of output device to use (0 = default device)
	       help List all available output devices with their IDs.

     openal
	    Experimental OpenAL audio output driver

     pulse
	    PulseAudio audio output driver
	       [<host>[:<output sink>[:broken_pause]]]
		    Specify the host and optionally  output  sink  to  use.   An
		    empty  <host>  string  uses  a local connection, "localhost"
		    uses network transfer (most likely not what you want).   You
		    can  also  explicitly  force the workaround for broken pause
		    functionality (default: autodetected).  To only enable  that
		    without   specifying   a   host/sink   the	 syntax  is  -ao
		    pulse:::broken_pause

     sgi (SGI only)
	    native SGI audio output driver
	       <output device name>
		    Explicitly choose the output device/interface  to  use  (de-
		    fault:  system-wide  default).  For example, 'Analog Out' or
		    'Digital Out'.

     sun (Sun only)
	    native Sun audio output driver
	       <device>
		    Explicitly choose the audio device to use (default: /dev/au-
		    dio).

     win32 (Windows only)
	    native Windows waveout audio output driver

     dsound (Windows only)
	    DirectX DirectSound audio output driver
	       device=<devicenum>
		    Sets the device number to use.  Playing a file with -v  will
		    show a list of available devices.

     kai (OS/2 only)
	    OS/2 KAI audio output driver
	       uniaud
		    Force UNIAUD mode.
	       dart Force DART mode.
	       (no)share
		    Open audio in shareable or exclusive mode.
	       bufsize=<size>
		    Set buffer size to <size> in samples (default: 2048).

     dart (OS/2 only)
	    OS/2 DART audio output driver
	       (no)share
		    Open DART in shareable or exclusive mode.
	       bufsize=<size>
		    Set buffer size to <size> in samples (default: 2048).

     dxr2 (also see -dxr2) (DXR2 only)
	    Creative DXR2 specific output driver

     v4l2 (requires Linux 2.6.22+ kernel)
	    Audio output driver for V4L2 cards with hardware MPEG decoder.

     mpegpes (DVB only)
	    Audio output driver for DVB cards that writes the output to an MPEG-
	    PES file if no DVB card is installed.
	       card=<1-4>
		    DVB  card  to  use if more than one card is present.  If not
		    specified MPlayer will search the first usable card.
	       file=<filename>
		    output filename

     null
	    Produces no audio output but maintains video  playback  speed.   Use
	    -nosound for benchmarking.

     pcm
	    raw PCM/wave file writer audio output
	       (no)waveheader
		    Include  or  do  not  include  the wave header (default: in-
		    cluded).  When not included, raw PCM will be generated.
	       file=<filename>
		    Write the sound to <filename> instead of the default  audio-
		    dump.wav.	If nowaveheader is specified, the default is au-
		    diodump.pcm.
	       fast Try to dump faster than realtime.  Make sure the output does
		    not get truncated (usually with "Too many video  packets  in
		    buffer"  message).	It is normal that you get a "Your system
		    is too SLOW to play this!" message.

     plugin
	    plugin audio output driver

VIDEO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)
     -adapter <value>
	    Set the graphics card that will receive the image.	You  can  get  a
	    list of available cards when you run this option with -v.  Currently
	    only works with the directx video output driver.

     -bpp <depth>
	    Override the autodetected color depth.  Only supported by the fbdev,
	    dga, svga, vesa video output drivers.

     -border
	    Play  movie with window border and decorations.  Since this is on by
	    default, use -noborder to disable the standard window decorations.

     -brightness <-100-100>
	    Adjust the brightness of the video signal (default:  0).   Not  sup-
	    ported by all video output drivers.

     -contrast <-100-100>
	    Adjust the contrast of the video signal (default: 0).  Not supported
	    by all video output drivers.

     -display <name> (X11 only)
	    Specify  the hostname and display number of the X server you want to
	    display on.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -display xtest.localdomain:0

     -dr
	    Turns on direct rendering (not supported by  all  codecs  and  video
	    outputs).	This can result in significantly faster blitting on some
	    systems, on most the difference will be  minimal.	In  some  cases,
	    particularly  with	decoders  specifying  their  buffer requirements
	    badly, it can be vastly slower.
	    WARNING: May cause OSD/SUB corruption!

     -dxr2 <option1:option2:...>
	    This option is used to control the dxr2 video output driver.

	       ar-mode=<value>
		    aspect ratio mode (0 = normal, 1 = pan-and-scan, 2 = letter-
		    box (default))

	       iec958-encoded
		    Set iec958 output mode to encoded.

	       iec958-decoded
		    Set iec958 output mode to decoded (default).

	       macrovision=<value>
		    macrovision mode (0 = off (default), 1 = agc, 2 = agc 2 col-
		    orstripe, 3 = agc 4 colorstripe)

	       mute mute sound output

	       unmute
		    unmute sound output

	       ucode=<value>
		    path to the microcode

	    TV output

	       75ireenable 7.5 IRE output mode

	       no75ire
		    disable 7.5 IRE output mode (default)

	       bw   b/w TV output

	       colorcolor TV output (default)

	       interlaced
		    interlaced TV output (default)

	       nointerlaced
		    disable interlaced TV output

	       norm=<value>
		    TV norm (ntsc (default), pal, pal60, palm, paln, palnc)

	       square-pixel
		    set pixel mode to square

	       ccir601-pixel
		    set pixel mode to ccir601

	    overlay

	       cr-left=<0-500>
		    Set the left cropping value (default: 50).

	       cr-right=<0-500>
		    Set the right cropping value (default: 300).

	       cr-top=<0-500>
		    Set the top cropping value (default: 0).

	       cr-bottom=<0-500>
		    Set the bottom cropping value (default: 0).

	       ck-[r|g|b]=<0-255>
		    Set the r(ed), g(reen) or b(lue) gain of the overlay  color-
		    key.

	       ck-[r|g|b]min=<0-255>
		    minimum value for the respective color key

	       ck-[r|g|b]max=<0-255>
		    maximum value for the respective color key

	       ignore-cache
		    Ignore cached overlay settings.

	       update-cache
		    Update cached overlay settings.

	       ol-osd
		    Enable overlay onscreen display.

	       nool-osd
		    Disable overlay onscreen display (default).

	       ol[h|w|x|y]-cor=<-20-20>
		    Adjust  the overlay size (h,w) and position (x,y) in case it
		    does not match the window perfectly (default: 0).

	       overlay
		    Activate overlay (default).

	       nooverlay
		    Activate TV-out.

	       overlay-ratio=<1-2500>
		    Tune the overlay (default: 1000).

     -fbmode <modename> (-vo fbdev only)
	    Change video mode to the one that is labeled as <modename> in  /etc/
	    fb.modes.
	    NOTE: VESA framebuffer does not support mode changing.

     -fbmodeconfig <filename> (-vo fbdev only)
	    Override   framebuffer   mode  configuration  file	(default:  /etc/
	    fb.modes).

     -fs (also see -zoom)
	    Fullscreen playback (centers movie, and paints  black  bands  around
	    it).  Not supported by all video output drivers.

     -fsmode-dontuse <0-31> (OBSOLETE, use the -fs option)
	    Try this option if you still experience fullscreen problems.

     -fstype <type1,type2,...> (X11 only)
	    Specify  a	priority  list	of fullscreen modes to be used.  You can
	    negate the modes by prefixing them	with  '-'.   If  you  experience
	    problems  like  the fullscreen window being covered by other windows
	    try using a different order.
	    NOTE: See -fstype help for a full list of available modes.

	    The available types are:

	       aboveUse the _NETWM_STATE_ABOVE hint if available.
	       belowUse the _NETWM_STATE_BELOW hint if available.
	       fullscreen
		    Use the _NETWM_STATE_FULLSCREEN hint if available.
	       layerUse the _WIN_LAYER hint with the default layer.
	       layer=<0...15>
		    Use the _WIN_LAYER hint with the given layer number.
	       netwmForce NETWM style.
	       none Clear the list of modes; you can add modes to enable  after-
		    ward.
	       stays_on_top
		    Use _NETWM_STATE_STAYS_ON_TOP hint if available.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       layer,stays_on_top,above,fullscreen
		    Default  order,  will  be used as a fallback if incorrect or
		    unsupported modes are specified.
	       -fullscreen
		    Fixes fullscreen switching on OpenBox 1.x.

     -fs-border-left <pixels>

     -fs-border-right <pixels>

     -fs-border-top <pixels>

     -fs-border-bottom <pixels>
	    Specify extra borders in full screen mode.	The borders apply to all
	    displayed elements: video, OSD and EOSD.  The number  of  pixels  is
	    specified  in  terms of screen resolution.	Currently only supported
	    with by the gl video output driver.

     -gamma <-100-100>
	    Adjust the gamma of the video signal (default: 0).	Not supported by
	    all video output drivers.

     -geometry x[%][:y[%]] or [WxH][+-x+-y]
	    Adjust where the output is on the screen initially.   The  x  and  y
	    specifications  are  in  pixels  measured  from  the top-left of the
	    screen to the top-left of the image being displayed,  however  if  a
	    percentage	sign is given after the argument it turns the value into
	    a percentage of the screen size in that direction.	It also supports
	    the standard X11 -geometry option  format,	in  which  e.g.   +10-50
	    means  "place  10 pixels from the left border and 50 pixels from the
	    lower border" and "--20+-10" means "place 20 pixels beyond the right
	    and 10 pixels beyond the top border".   If	an  external  window  is
	    specified  using  the  -wid option, then the x and y coordinates are
	    relative to the top-left  corner  of  the  window  rather  than  the
	    screen.   The  coordinates	are  relative  to  the screen given with
	    -screen for the video output drivers that fully support -screen (di-
	    rect3d, gl, gl_tiled, vdpau, x11, xv, corevideo).
	    NOTE: This option is only supported by the x11,  xmga,  xv,  xvidix,
	    gl,  gl_tiled,  direct3d,  directx,  fbdev, sdl, dfxfb and corevideo
	    video output drivers.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       50:40Places the window at x=50, y=40.
	       50%:50%
		    Places the window in the middle of the screen.
	       100% Places the window at the middle of the  right  edge  of  the
		    screen.
	       100%:100%
		    Places the window at the bottom right corner of the screen.

     -gui-wid <window ID> (also see -wid) (GUI only)
	    This tells the GUI to also use an X11 window and stick itself to the
	    bottom  of	the  video,  which  is	useful	to embed a mini-GUI in a
	    browser (with the MPlayer plugin for instance).

     -hue <-100-100>
	    Adjust the hue of the video signal (default: 0).  You can get a col-
	    ored negative of the image with this option.  Not supported  by  all
	    video output drivers.

     -monitor-dotclock <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
	    Specify the dotclock or pixelclock range of the monitor.

     -monitor-hfreq <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
	    Specify the horizontal frequency range of the monitor.

     -monitor-vfreq <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
	    Specify the vertical frequency range of the monitor.

     -monitoraspect <ratio> (also see -aspect)
	    Set  the  aspect  ratio  of your monitor or TV screen.  A value of 0
	    disables a previous setting (e.g. in the  config  file).   Overrides
	    the -monitorpixelaspect setting if enabled.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -monitoraspect 4:3  or 1.3333
	       -monitoraspect 16:9 or 1.7777

     -monitorpixelaspect <ratio> (also see -aspect)
	    Set  the  aspect of a single pixel of your monitor or TV screen (de-
	    fault: 1).	A value of 1 means square pixels (correct for  (almost?)
	    all LCDs).

     -name (X11 only)
	    Set the window class name.

     -nodouble
	    Disables  double  buffering,  mostly for debugging purposes.  Double
	    buffering fixes flicker by storing two frames in  memory,  and  dis-
	    playing  one  while decoding another.  It can affect OSD negatively,
	    but often removes OSD flickering.

     -nograbpointer
	    Do not grab the mouse pointer after a video mode change (-vm).  Use-
	    ful for multihead setups.

     -nokeepaspect
	    Do not keep window aspect ratio when resizing windows.   Only  works
	    with  the x11, xv, xmga, xvidix, directx video output drivers.  Fur-
	    thermore under X11 your window manager has to  honor  window  aspect
	    hints.

     -ontop
	    Makes  the player window stay on top of other windows.  Supported by
	    video output drivers which use X11, except SDL, as well as	directx,
	    corevideo, quartz, ggi and gl_tiled.

     -panscan <0.0-1.0>
	    Enables  pan-and-scan  functionality  (cropping  the sides of e.g. a
	    16:9 movie to make it fit a 4:3 display without black  bands).   The
	    range  controls  how  much of the image is cropped.  Only works with
	    the directx, xv, xmga, mga,  gl,  gl_tiled,  quartz,  corevideo  and
	    xvidix video output drivers.
	    NOTE: Values between -1 and 0 are allowed as well, but highly exper-
	    imental and may crash or worse.  Use at your own risk!

     -panscanrange <-19.0-99.0> (experimental)
	    Change  the  range	of  the pan-and-scan functionality (default: 1).
	    Positive values mean multiples of the default range.  Negative  num-
	    bers  mean	you can zoom in up to a factor of -panscanrange+1.  E.g.
	    -panscanrange -3 allows a zoom factor of up to 4.  This  feature  is
	    experimental.

     -border-pos-x <0.0-1.0> (-vo gl,xv,vdpau,direct3d only, default 0.5)
	    When  black  borders are added to adjust for aspect, this determines
	    where they are placed.  0.0 places borders on the right, 1.0 on  the
	    left.   Values outside the range 0.0 - 1.0 will add extra black bor-
	    ders on one side and remove part of the image on the other side.

     -border-pos-y <0.0-1.0> (-vo gl,xv,vdpau,direct3d only, default 0.5)
	    As -border-pos-x but for top/bottom borders.  0.0 places borders  on
	    the bottom, 1.0 on the top.

     -monitor-orientation <0-3> (experimental)
	    Rotate display by 90, 180 or 270 degrees.  Rotates also the OSD, not
	    just  the  video  image  itself.  Currently only supported by the gl
	    video output driver.   For	all  other  video  outputs  -vf  ass,ex-
	    pand=osd=1,rotate=n  can be used, in the future this might even hap-
	    pen automatically.

     -refreshrate <Hz>
	    Set the monitor refreshrate in Hz.	Currently only supported by  -vo
	    directx combined with the -vm option.

     -rootwin
	    Play  movie  in the root window (desktop background).  Desktop back-
	    ground images may cover the movie window, though.  Only  works  with
	    the  x11, xv, xmga, xvidix, quartz, corevideo and directx video out-
	    put drivers.

     -saturation <-100-100>
	    Adjust the saturation of the video signal (default: 0).  You can get
	    grayscale output with this option.	Not supported by all video  out-
	    put drivers.

     -screenh <pixels>
	    Specify the screen height for video output drivers which do not know
	    the screen resolution like fbdev, x11 and TV-out.

     -screenw <pixels>
	    Specify  the screen width for video output drivers which do not know
	    the screen resolution like fbdev, x11 and TV-out.

     -(no)stop-xscreensaver (X11 only)
	    Turns off xscreensaver at startup and turns it on again on exit (de-
	    fault: enabled).  If your screensaver supports neither the	XSS  nor
	    XResetScreenSaver API please use -heartbeat-cmd instead.

     -title (also see -use-filename-title)
	    Set the window title.  Supported by X11-based video output drivers.

     -use-filename-title (also see -title)
	    Set  the  window  title  using the media filename, when not set with
	    -title.  Supported by X11-based video output drivers.

     -vm
	    Try to change to a different video mode.  Supported by the dga, x11,
	    xv, sdl and directx video output drivers.  If used with the  directx
	    video  output  driver  the -screenw, -screenh, -bpp and -refreshrate
	    options can be used to set the new display mode.

     -vsync
	    Enables VBI for the vesa, dfbmga and svga video output drivers.

     -wid <window ID> (also see -gui-wid) (X11, OpenGL and DirectX only)
	    This tells MPlayer to attach to an existing window.  Useful to embed
	    MPlayer in a browser (e.g.	the  plugger  extension).   This  option
	    fills the given window completely, thus aspect scaling, panscan, etc
	    are no longer handled by MPlayer but must be managed by the applica-
	    tion that created the window.

     -screen <-2-...> (alias for -xineramascreen)
	    In	Xinerama configurations (i.e. a single desktop that spans across
	    multiple displays) this option tells MPlayer which screen to display
	    the movie on.  A value of -2 means fullscreen across the whole  vir-
	    tual  display  (in	this case Xinerama information is completely ig-
	    nored), -1 means fullscreen on the display the window  currently  is
	    on.   The  initial position set via the -geometry option is relative
	    to the specified screen.   Will  usually  only  work  with	"-fstype
	    -fullscreen" or "-fstype none".  This option is not suitable to only
	    set  the startup screen (because it will always display on the given
	    screen in fullscreen mode), -geometry is the best that is  available
	    for that purpose currently.  Supported by at least the direct3d, gl,
	    gl_tiled, x11, xv and corevideo video output drivers.

     -zrbw (-vo zr only)
	    Display  in  black	and white.  For optimal performance, this can be
	    combined with '-lavdopts gray'.

     -zrcrop <[width]x[height]+[x offset]+[y offset]> (-vo zr only)
	    Select a part of the input image to display, multiple occurrences of
	    this option switch on cinerama mode.  In cinerama mode the movie  is
	    distributed over more than one TV (or beamer) to create a larger im-
	    age.   Options  appearing  after  the n-th -zrcrop apply to the n-th
	    MJPEG card, each card should at least have a -zrdev in  addition  to
	    the  -zrcrop.   For  examples,  see the output of -zrhelp and the Zr
	    section of the documentation.

     -zrdev <device> (-vo zr only)
	    Specify the device special file that belongs to your MJPEG card,  by
	    default the zr video output driver takes the first v4l device it can
	    find.

     -zrfd (-vo zr only)
	    Force  decimation:	Decimation, as specified by -zrhdec and -zrvdec,
	    only happens if the hardware scaler can stretch  the  image  to  its
	    original size.  Use this option to force decimation.

     -zrhdec <1|2|4> (-vo zr only)
	    Horizontal	decimation: Ask the driver to send only every 2nd or 4th
	    line/pixel of the input image to the MJPEG card and use  the  scaler
	    of the MJPEG card to stretch the image to its original size.

     -zrhelp (-vo zr only)
	    Display  a list of all -zr* options, their default values and a cin-
	    erama mode example.

     -zrnorm <norm> (-vo zr only)
	    Specify the TV norm as PAL or NTSC (default: no change).

     -zrquality <1-20> (-vo zr only)
	    A number from 1 (best) to 20 (worst) representing the JPEG	encoding
	    quality.

     -zrvdec <1|2|4> (-vo zr only)
	    Vertical  decimation:  Ask	the driver to send only every 2nd or 4th
	    line/pixel of the input image to the MJPEG card and use  the  scaler
	    of the MJPEG card to stretch the image to its original size.

     -zrxdoff <x display offset> (-vo zr only)
	    If	the  movie  is smaller than the TV screen, this option specifies
	    the x offset from the upper-left corner of the TV  screen  (default:
	    centered).

     -zrydoff <y display offset> (-vo zr only)
	    If	the  movie  is smaller than the TV screen, this option specifies
	    the y offset from the upper-left corner of the TV  screen  (default:
	    centered).

VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)
     Video  output  drivers are interfaces to different video output facilities.
     The syntax is:

     -vo <driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>
	    Specify a priority list of video output drivers to be used.

     If the list has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back on drivers  not  con-
     tained in the list.  Suboptions are optional and can mostly be omitted.
     NOTE: See -vo help for a list of compiled-in video output drivers.

     EXAMPLE:
	       -vo xmga,xv,
		    Try the Matrox X11 driver, then the Xv driver, then others.
	       -vo directx:noaccel
		    Uses  the  DirectX	driver with acceleration features turned
		    off.

     Available video output drivers are:

     xv (X11 only)
	    Uses the XVideo extension of XFree86 4.x to enable hardware acceler-
	    ated playback.  If you cannot use a hardware specific  driver,  this
	    is probably the best option.  For information about what colorkey is
	    used and how it is drawn run MPlayer with -v option and look out for
	    the lines tagged with [xv common] at the beginning.
	       adaptor=<number>
		    Select a specific XVideo adaptor (check xvinfo results).
	       port=<number>
		    Select a specific XVideo port.
	       ck=<cur|use|set>
		    Select the source from which the colorkey is taken (default:
		    cur).
		       cur  The default takes the colorkey currently set in Xv.
		       use  Use  but  do  not set the colorkey from MPlayer (use
			    -colorkey option to change it).
		       set  Same as use but also sets the supplied colorkey.
	       ck-method=<man|bg|auto>
		    Sets the colorkey drawing method (default: man).
		       man  Draw the colorkey manually (reduces flicker in  some
			    cases).
		       bg   Set the colorkey as window background.
		       auto Let Xv draw the colorkey.

     x11 (X11 only)
	    Shared memory video output driver without hardware acceleration that
	    works whenever X11 is present.

     xover (X11 only)
	    Adds  X11  support	to all overlay based video output drivers.  Cur-
	    rently only supported by tdfx_vid.
	       <vo_driver>
		    Select the driver to use as source to overlay on top of X11.

     vdpau (with -vc ffmpeg2vdpau, ffwmv3vdpau, ffvc1vdpau, ffh264vdpau or ffo-
     divxvdpau)
	    Video output that uses VDPAU to decode  video  via	hardware.   Also
	    supports displaying of software-decoded video.
	       sharpen=<-1-1>
		    For  positive  values,  apply  a sharpening algorithm to the
		    video, for negative values a  blurring  algorithm  (default:
		    0).
	       denoise=<0-1>
		    Apply  a noise reduction algorithm to the video (default: 0,
		    no noise reduction).
	       deint=<0-4>
		    Select the deinterlacer (default: 0).  All modes > 0 respect
		    -field-dominance.
		       0    no deinterlacing
		       1    Show only first field, similar to -vf field.
		       2    Bob deinterlacing, similar to -vf tfields=1.
		       3    motion adaptive temporal deinterlacing May	lead  to
			    A/V desync with slow video hardware and/or high res-
			    olution.   This is the default if "D" is used to en-
			    able deinterlacing.
		       4    motion adaptive temporal  deinterlacing  with  edge-
			    guided  spatial interpolation Needs fast video hard-
			    ware.
	       chroma-deint
		    Makes temporal deinterlacers operate both on luma and chroma
		    (default).	Use nochroma-deint to solely use luma and  speed
		    up advanced deinterlacing.	Useful with slow video memory.
	       pullup
		    Try to skip deinterlacing for progressive frames, useful for
		    watching  telecined  content,  needs fast video hardware for
		    high resolutions.  Only works with motion adaptive	temporal
		    deinterlacing.
	       colorspace
		    Select  the  color space for YUV to RGB conversion.  In gen-
		    eral BT.601 should be used for standard definition (SD) con-
		    tent and BT.709 for high definition (HD) content.  Using in-
		    correct color space results in slightly under or over  satu-
		    rated and shifted colors.
		       0    Guess  the	color  space  based on video resolution.
			    Video with width >= 1280 or height > 576 is  assumed
			    to be HD and BT.709 color space will be used.
		       1    Use ITU-R BT.601 color space (default).
		       2    Use ITU-R BT.709 color space.
		       3    Use SMPTE-240M color space.
	       hqscaling
		       0    Use default VDPAU scaling (default).
		       1-9  Apply  high  quality  VDPAU  scaling  (needs capable
			    hardware).
	       force-mixer
		    Forces the use of the  VDPAU  mixer,  which  implements  all
		    above  options  (default).	 Use noforce-mixer to allow dis-
		    playing BGRA colorspace.  (Disables all  above  options  and
		    the  hardware  equalizer  if  image  format BGRA is actually
		    used.)

     dga (X11 only)
	    Play video through the XFree86  Direct  Graphics  Access  extension.
	    Considered obsolete.

     sdl (SDL only, buggy/outdated)
	    Highly  platform  independent SDL (Simple Directmedia Layer) library
	    video output driver.  Since SDL uses its own X11 layer, MPlayer  X11
	    options do not have any effect on SDL.  Note that it has several mi-
	    nor  bugs  (-vm/-novm  is  mostly  ignored,  -fs  behaves like -novm
	    should, window is in top-left corner when returning from fullscreen,
	    panscan is not supported, ...).
	       driver=<driver>
		    Explicitly choose the SDL driver to use.
	       (no)forcexv
		    Use XVideo through the sdl	video  output  driver  (default:
		    forcexv).
	       (no)hwaccel
		    Use hardware accelerated scaler (default: hwaccel).

     vidix
	    VIDIX (VIDeo Interface for *niX) is an interface to the video accel-
	    eration  features of different graphics cards.  Very fast video out-
	    put driver on cards that support it.
	       <subdevice>
		    Explicitly choose the VIDIX subdevice driver to use.  Avail-
		    able  subdevice  drivers  are  cyberblade,	 ivtv,	 mach64,
		    mga_crtc2,	mga,  nvidia,  pm2,  pm3,  radeon,  rage128, s3,
		    sh_veu, sis_vid and unichrome.

     xvidix (X11 only)
	    X11 frontend for VIDIX
	       <subdevice>
		    same as vidix

     cvidix
	    Generic and platform independent VIDIX frontend, can even run  in  a
	    text console with nVidia cards.
	       <subdevice>
		    same as vidix

     winvidix (Windows only)
	    Windows frontend for VIDIX
	       <subdevice>
		    same as vidix

     direct3d (Windows only) (BETA CODE!)
	    Video  output  driver  that  uses the Direct3D interface (useful for
	    Vista).

     directx (Windows only)
	    Video output driver that uses the DirectX interface.
	       noaccel
		    Turns off hardware acceleration.  Try  this  option  if  you
		    have display problems.

     kva (OS/2 only)
	    Video output driver that uses the libkva interface.
	       snap Force SNAP mode.
	       wo   Force WarpOverlay! mode.
	       dive Force DIVE mode.
	       (no)t23
		    Enable  or	disable workaround for T23 laptop (default: dis-
		    abled).  Try to enable this option if your video  card  sup-
		    ports upscaling only.

     quartz (Mac OS X only)
	    Mac  OS  X Quartz video output driver.  Under some circumstances, it
	    might be more efficient to force a packed YUV  output  format,  with
	    e.g. -vf format=yuy2.
	       device_id=<number>
		    Choose the display device to use in fullscreen.
	       fs_res=<width>:<height>
		    Specify the fullscreen resolution (useful on slow systems).

     corevideo (Mac OS X 10.4 or 10.3.9 with QuickTime 7)
	    Mac OS X CoreVideo video output driver
	       device_id=<number>
		    DEPRECATED,  use -screen instead.  Choose the display device
		    to use for fullscreen or set it to -1 to always use the same
		    screen the video window is on (default: -1 - auto).
	       shared_buffer
		    Write output to a shared memory buffer instead of displaying
		    it and try to open an existing NSConnection  for  communica-
		    tion with a GUI.
	       buffer_name=<name>
		    Name  of  the shared buffer created with shm_open as well as
		    the name of the NSConnection MPlayer will try to  open  (de-
		    fault:  "mplayerosx").   Setting  buffer_name implicitly en-
		    ables shared_buffer.

     fbdev (Linux only)
	    Uses the kernel framebuffer to play video.
	       <device>
		    Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use  (e.g.  /dev/
		    fb0)  or  the name of the VIDIX subdevice if the device name
		    starts with 'vidix' (e.g. 'vidixsis_vid' for  the  sis  dri-
		    ver).

     fbdev2 (Linux only)
	    Uses  the  kernel framebuffer to play video, alternative implementa-
	    tion.
	       <device>
		    Explicitly choose the fbdev device	name  to  use  (default:
		    /dev/fb0).

     vesa
	    Very  general  video  output driver that should work on any VESA VBE
	    2.0 compatible card.
	       (no)dga
		    Turns DGA mode on or off (default: on).
	       neotv_pal
		    Activate the NeoMagic TV out and set it to PAL norm.
	       neotv_ntsc
		    Activate the NeoMagic TV out and set it to NTSC norm.
	       vidixUse the VIDIX driver.
	       lvo:
		    Activate the Linux Video Overlay on top of VESA mode.

     svga
	    Play video using the SVGA library.
	       <video mode>
		    Specify video mode to use.	The  mode  can	be  given  in  a
		    <width>x<height>x<colors>  format,	e.g. 640x480x16M or be a
		    graphics mode number, e.g. 84.
	       bbosdDraw OSD into black bands below the movie (slower).
	       native
		    Use only native drawing functions.	This avoids direct  ren-
		    dering, OSD and hardware acceleration.
	       retrace
		    Force  frame  switch  on vertical retrace.	Usable only with
		    -double.  It has the same effect as the -vsync option.
	       sq   Try to select a video mode with square pixels.
	       vidixUse svga with VIDIX.

     gl
	    OpenGL video output driver, simple	version.   Video  size	must  be
	    smaller than the maximum texture size of your OpenGL implementation.
	    Intended  to  work	even with the most basic OpenGL implementations,
	    but also makes use of newer extensions, which allow support for more
	    colorspaces and direct rendering.  For optimal speed try adding  the
	    options
	    -dr -noslices
	    The  code  performs  very few checks, so if a feature does not work,
	    this might be because it is not supported by your card/OpenGL imple-
	    mentation even if you do not get any error message.  Use glxinfo  or
	    a similar tool to display the supported OpenGL extensions.
	       backend=<n>
		    Select  the  backend/OpenGL  implementation to use (default:
		    -1).
		       -1: Autoselect
		       0: Win32/WGL
		       1: X11/GLX
		       2: SDL
		       3: X11/EGL (highly experimental)
		       4: OSX/Cocoa
		       5: Android (very bad hack, only for testing)
	       (no)ati-hack
		    ATI drivers may give a corrupted image when  PBOs  are  used
		    (when  using  -dr or force-pbo).  This option fixes this, at
		    the expense of using a bit more memory.
	       (no)force-pbo
		    Always uses PBOs to transfer textures even if this	involves
		    an	extra  copy.   Currently this gives a little extra speed
		    with NVidia drivers and a lot more speed with  ATI	drivers.
		    May  need  -noslices and the ati-hack suboption to work cor-
		    rectly.
	       (no)scaled-osd
		    Changes the way the OSD behaves when the size of the  window
		    changes (default: disabled).  When enabled behaves more like
		    the  other	video output drivers, which is better for fixed-
		    size fonts.  Disabled looks much better with FreeType  fonts
		    and uses the borders in fullscreen mode.  Does not work cor-
		    rectly with ass subtitles (see -ass), you can instead render
		    them without OpenGL support via -vf ass.
	       osdcolor=<0xAARRGGBB>
		    Color  for	OSD  (default:	0x00ffffff,  corresponds to non-
		    transparent white).
	       rectangle=<0,1,2>
		    Select usage of rectangular textures which saves video  RAM,
		    but often is slower (default: 0).
		       0: Use power-of-two textures (default).
		       1: Use the GL_ARB_texture_rectangle extension.
		       2: Use the GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two extension.  In
		       some cases only supported in software and thus very slow.
	       swapinterval=<n>
		    Minimum  interval  between two buffer swaps, counted in dis-
		    played frames (default: 1).  1  is	equivalent  to	enabling
		    VSYNC,  0  to disabling VSYNC.  Values below 0 will leave it
		    at the system default.  This limits the framerate to  (hori-
		    zontal  refresh  rate  /  n).  Requires GLX_SGI_swap_control
		    support to work.  With some (most/all?) implementations this
		    only works in fullscreen mode.
	       ycbcrUse the GL_APPLE_ycbcr_422 extension to convert YUV to  RGB.
		    Default is disabled if yuv= is specified, auto-detected oth-
		    erwise.   Note  that this will enable a few special settings
		    to get into a special driver fast-path.
	       yuv=<n>
		    Select the type of YUV to RGB conversion.	The  default  is
		    auto-detection deciding between values 0 and 2.
		       0:  Use	software conversion.  Compatible with all OpenGL
		       versions.  Provides brightness, contrast  and  saturation
		       control.
		       1:  Use register combiners.  This uses an nVidia-specific
		       extension  (GL_NV_register_combiners).	At  least  three
		       texture	units  are  needed.  Provides saturation and hue
		       control.  This method is fast but inexact.
		       2: Use a fragment  program  using  the  POW  instruction.
		       Needs  the GL_ARB_fragment_program extension and at least
		       three texture units.  Provides brightness, contrast, sat-
		       uration, hue and gamma control.	Gamma can  also  be  set
		       independently  for red, green and blue.	Method 4 is usu-
		       ally faster.
		       3: Same as 2.  They exist as distinct values  for  legacy
		       reasons,  MPlayer  now inserts the extra instructions for
		       gamma control on-demand.
		       4: Use a fragment program with additional lookup.   Needs
		       the  GL_ARB_fragment_program  extension and at least four
		       texture units.  Provides  brightness,  contrast,  satura-
		       tion, hue and gamma control.  Gamma can also be set inde-
		       pendently for red, green and blue.
		       5:  Use ATI-specific method (for older cards).  This uses
		       an ATI-specific extension (GL_ATI_fragment_shader  -  not
		       GL_ARB_fragment_shader!).   At  least three texture units
		       are needed.  Provides saturation and hue  control.   This
		       method is fast but inexact.
		       6:  Use	a 3D texture to do conversion via lookup.  Needs
		       the GL_ARB_fragment_program extension and at  least  four
		       texture	units.	 Extremely  slow (software emulation) on
		       some (all?) ATI cards since it uses a texture with border
		       pixels.	Provides brightness, contrast,	saturation,  hue
		       and  gamma  control.  Gamma can also be set independently
		       for red, green and blue.  Speed depends more on GPU  mem-
		       ory bandwidth than other methods.
	       colorspace
		    Select the color space for YUV to RGB conversion.
		       0    Use the formula used normally by MPlayer (default).
		       1    Use ITU-R BT.601 color space.
		       2    Use ITU-R BT.709 color space.
		       3    Use SMPTE-240M color space.
	       levelconv=<n>
		    Select the brightness level conversion to use for the YUV to
		    RGB conversion
		       0    Convert TV to PC levels (default).
		       1    Convert PC to TV levels.
		       2    Do not do any conversion.
	       lscale=<n>
		    Select  the  scaling  function to use for luminance scaling.
		    Only valid for yuv modes 2, 3, 4 and 6.
		       0    Use simple linear filtering (default).
		       1    Use bicubic  B-spline  filtering  (better  quality).
			    Needs one additional texture unit.	Older cards will
			    not  be  able  to handle this for chroma at least in
			    fullscreen mode.
		       2    Use cubic filtering in horizontal, linear  filtering
			    in	vertical  direction.   Works on a few more cards
			    than method 1.
		       3    Same as 1 but does not use a lookup texture.   Might
			    be faster on some cards.
		       4    Use  experimental  unsharp	masking with 3x3 support
			    and a default strength of 0.5 (see filter-strength).
		       5    Use experimental unsharp masking  with  5x5  support
			    and a default strength of 0.5 (see filter-strength).
		       64   Use nearest-neighbor scaling.
	       cscale=<n>
		    Select  the scaling function to use for chrominance scaling.
		    For details see lscale.
	       filter-strength=<value>
		    Set the effect strength for the lscale/cscale  filters  that
		    support it.
	       noise-strength=<value>
		    Set  how  much noise to add. 0 to disable (default), 1.0 for
		    level suitable for dithering to 6 bit.
	       stereo=<value>
		    Select a method for stereo display.  You  may  have  to  use
		    -aspect  to  fix  the aspect value.  Add 32 to swap left and
		    right side.  Experimental, do not expect too much from it.
		       0    normal 2D display
		       1    Convert side by side input	to  full-color	red-cyan
			    stereo.
		       2    Convert  side  by side input to full-color green-ma-
			    genta stereo.
		       3    Convert side by side input to  quadbuffered  stereo.
			    Only supported by very few OpenGL cards.
		       4    Mix  left  and right in a pixel pattern.  Pattern is
			    given by stipple option.
	       stipple=<bit
		    Lowest 16 bit give the 4x4 pattern to use (default: 0x0f0f).
		    Examples to try: 0x0f0f, 0xf0f0: horizontal  lines;  0xaaaa,
		    0x5555: vertical lines; 0xa5a5, 0x5a5a: checkerboard pattern

	    The  following  options are only useful if writing your own fragment
	    programs.

	       customprog=<filename>
		    Load  a  custom  fragment  program	from  <filename>.    See
		    TOOLS/edgedect.fp for an example.
	       customtex=<filename>
		    Load  a  custom  "gamma ramp" texture from <filename>.  This
		    can be used in combination with yuv=4 or with the customprog
		    option.
	       (no)customtlin
		    If enabled (default) use GL_LINEAR interpolation,  otherwise
		    use GL_NEAREST for customtex texture.
	       (no)customtrect
		    If	enabled,  use  texture_rectangle  for customtex texture.
		    Default is disabled.
	       (no)mipmapgen
		    If enabled, mipmaps for the video are  automatically  gener-
		    ated.   This  should  be useful together with the customprog
		    and the TXB instruction to implement  blur	filters  with  a
		    large  radius.  For most OpenGL implementations this is very
		    slow for any non-RGB formats.  Default is disabled.

	    Normally there is no reason  to  use  the  following  options,  they
	    mostly exist for testing purposes.

	       (no)glfinish
		    Call glFinish() before swapping buffers.  Slower but in some
		    cases more correct output (default: disabled).
	       (no)manyfmts
		    Enables  support  for  more (RGB and BGR) color formats (de-
		    fault: enabled).  Needs OpenGL version >= 1.2.
	       slice-height=<0-...>
		    Number of lines copied to texture in one piece (default: 0).
		    0 for whole image.
		    NOTE: If YUV colorspace is used (see yuv suboption), special
		    rules apply:
		       If the decoder uses slice rendering (see -noslices), this
		       setting has no effect, the size of the slices as provided
		       by the decoder is used.
		       If the decoder does not use slice rendering, the  default
		       is 16.
	       (no)osd
		    Enable  or disable support for OSD rendering via OpenGL (de-
		    fault: enabled).  This option is for testing; to disable the
		    OSD use -osdlevel 0 instead.
	       (no)aspect
		    Enable or disable aspect scaling  and  pan-and-scan  support
		    (default: enabled).  Disabling might increase speed.

     gl_tiled
	    Variant  of  the OpenGL video output driver.  Supports videos larger
	    than the maximum texture size but lacks many of  the  advanced  fea-
	    tures  and	optimizations of the gl driver and is unlikely to be ex-
	    tended further.
	       (no)glfinish
		    same as gl (default: enabled)
	       yuv=<n>
		    Select the type of YUV to RGB conversion.  If  set	to  any-
		    thing except 0 OSD will be disabled and brightness, contrast
		    and  gamma setting is only available via the global X server
		    settings.  Apart from this the values have the same  meaning
		    as for -vo gl.

     matrixview
	    OpenGL-based renderer creating a Matrix-like running-text effect.
	       cols=<n>
		    Number  of	text columns to display.  Very low values (< 16)
		    will probably fail due to scaler  limitations.   Values  not
		    divisible by 16 may cause issues as well.
	       rows=<n>
		    Number of text rows to display.  Very low values (< 16) will
		    probably fail due to scaler limitations.  Values not divisi-
		    ble by 16 may cause issues as well.

     null
	    Produces no video output.  Useful for benchmarking.

     aa
	    ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console.
	    NOTE: The driver does not handle -aspect correctly.
	    HINT:   You  probably  have  to  specify  -monitorpixelaspect.   Try
	    'mplayer -vo aa -monitorpixelaspect 0.5'.

     caca
	    Color ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console.

     bl
	    Video playback using the Blinkenlights UDP protocol.  This driver is
	    highly hardware specific.
	       <subdevice>
		    Explicitly choose the Blinkenlights subdevice driver to use.
		    It	 is   something   like	 arcade:host=localhost:2323   or
		    hdl:file=name1,file=name2.	You must specify a subdevice.

     ggi
	    GGI graphics system video output driver
	       <driver>
		    Explicitly	choose	the  GGI driver to use.  Replace any ','
		    that would appear in the driver string by a '.'.

     directfb
	    Play video using the DirectFB library.
	       (no)input
		    Use the DirectFB instead of the MPlayer keyboard  code  (de-
		    fault: enabled).
	       buffermode=single|double|triple
		    Double and triple buffering give best results if you want to
		    avoid  tearing  issues.   Triple buffering is more efficient
		    than double buffering as it does  not  block  MPlayer  while
		    waiting  for  the vertical retrace.  Single buffering should
		    be avoided (default: single).
	       fieldparity=top|bottom
		    Control the output order  for  interlaced  frames  (default:
		    disabled).	 Valid values are top = top fields first, bottom
		    = bottom fields first.  This option does not have any effect
		    on progressive film material like most MPEG movies are.  You
		    need to enable this option if you have tearing issues or un-
		    smooth motions watching interlaced film material.
	       layer=N
		    Will force layer with ID  N  for  playback	(default:  -1  -
		    auto).
	       dfbopts=<list>
		    Specify a parameter list for DirectFB.

     dfbmga
	    Matrox G400/G450/G550 specific video output driver that uses the Di-
	    rectFB  library  to  make use of special hardware features.  Enables
	    CRTC2 (second head), displaying video  independently  of  the  first
	    head.
	       (no)input
		    same as directfb (default: disabled)
	       buffermode=single|double|triple
		    same as directfb (default: triple)
	       fieldparity=top|bottom
		    same as directfb
	       (no)bes
		    Enable  the use of the Matrox BES (backend scaler) (default:
		    disabled).	Gives very good  results  concerning  speed  and
		    output quality as interpolated picture processing is done in
		    hardware.  Works only on the primary head.
	       (no)spic
		    Make  use of the Matrox sub picture layer to display the OSD
		    (default: enabled).
	       (no)crtc2
		    Turn on TV-out on the second head (default:  enabled).   The
		    output quality is amazing as it is a full interlaced picture
		    with proper sync to every odd/even field.
	       tvnorm=pal|ntsc|auto
		    Will set the TV norm of the Matrox card without the need for
		    modifying  /etc/directfbrc (default: disabled).  Valid norms
		    are pal = PAL, ntsc = NTSC.  Special norm is auto  (auto-ad-
		    just using PAL/NTSC) because it decides which norm to use by
		    looking at the framerate of the movie.

     mga (Linux only)
	    Matrox  specific  video output driver that makes use of the YUV back
	    end scaler on Gxxx cards through a kernel module.  If you have a Ma-
	    trox card, this is the fastest option.
	       <device>
		    Explicitly choose the Matrox device name  to  use  (default:
		    /dev/mga_vid).

     xmga (Linux, X11 only)
	    The mga video output driver, running in an X11 window.
	       <device>
		    Explicitly	choose	the  Matrox device name to use (default:
		    /dev/mga_vid).

     s3fb (Linux only) (also see -dr)
	    S3 Virge specific video output driver.   This  driver  supports  the
	    card's  YUV conversion and scaling, double buffering and direct ren-
	    dering features.  Use -vf format=yuy2  to  get  hardware-accelerated
	    YUY2 rendering, which is much faster than YV12 on this card.
	       <device>
		    Explicitly	choose	the  fbdev  device name to use (default:
		    /dev/fb0).

     wii (Linux only)
	    Nintendo Wii/GameCube specific video output driver.

     3dfx (Linux only)
	    3dfx-specific video output driver that directly uses the hardware on
	    top of X11.  Only 16 bpp are supported.

     tdfxfb (Linux only)
	    This driver employs the tdfxfb framebuffer	driver	to  play  movies
	    with YUV acceleration on 3dfx cards.
	       <device>
		    Explicitly	choose	the  fbdev  device name to use (default:
		    /dev/fb0).

     tdfx_vid (Linux only)
	    3dfx-specific video output driver that works in combination with the
	    tdfx_vid kernel module.
	       <device>
		    Explicitly choose the device name  to  use	(default:  /dev/
		    tdfx_vid).

     dxr2 (also see -dxr2) (DXR2 only)
	    Creative DXR2 specific video output driver.
	       <vo_driver>
		    Output video subdriver to use as overlay (x11, xv).

     dxr3 (DXR3 only)
	    Sigma Designs em8300 MPEG decoder chip (Creative DXR3, Sigma Designs
	    Hollywood  Plus)  specific	video  output driver.  Also see the lavc
	    video filter.
	       overlay
		    Activates the overlay instead of TV-out.
	       prebuf
		    Turns on prebuffering.
	       sync Will turn on the new sync-engine.
	       norm=<norm>
		    Specifies the TV norm.
		       0: Does not change current norm (default).
		       1: Auto-adjust using PAL/NTSC.
		       2: Auto-adjust using PAL/PAL-60.
		       3: PAL
		       4: PAL-60
		       5: NTSC
	       <0-3>Specifies the device number to use if you have more than one
		    em8300 card.

     v4l2 (requires Linux 2.6.22+ kernel)
	    Video output driver for V4L2 compliant cards with built-in	hardware
	    MPEG decoder.  Also see the lavc video filter.
	       <device>
		    Explicitly	choose	the MPEG decoder device name to use (de-
		    fault: /dev/video16).
	       <output>
		    Explicitly choose the TV-out output to be used for the video
		    signal.

     mpegpes (DVB only)
	    Video output driver for DVB cards that writes the output to an MPEG-
	    PES file if no DVB card is installed.
	       card=<1-4>
		    Specifies the device number to use if you have more than one
		    DVB output card (V3 API only, such as 1.x.y series drivers).
		    If not specified MPlayer will search the first usable card.
	       <filename>
		    output filename (default: ./grab.mpg)

     zr (also see -zr* and -zrhelp)
	    Video output driver for a number of MJPEG capture/playback cards.

     zr2 (also see the zrmjpeg video filter)
	    Video output driver for a number of  MJPEG	capture/playback  cards,
	    second generation.
	       dev=<device>
		    Specifies the video device to use.
	       norm=<PAL|NTSC|SECAM|auto>
		    Specifies the video norm to use (default: auto).
	       (no)prebuf
		    (De)Activate prebuffering, not yet supported.

     md5sum
	    Calculate MD5 sums of each frame and write them to a file.	Supports
	    RGB24 and YV12 colorspaces.  Useful for debugging.
	       outfile=<value>
		    Specify the output filename (default: ./md5sums).

     yuv4mpeg
	    Transforms	the  video  stream  into  a sequence of uncompressed YUV
	    4:2:0 images and stores it in a file (default:  ./stream.yuv).   The
	    format  is	the  same  as the one employed by mjpegtools, so this is
	    useful if you want to process the video with the  mjpegtools  suite.
	    It	supports  the  YV12 format.  If your source file has a different
	    format and is interlaced, make sure to use -vf scale=::1  to  ensure
	    the  conversion  uses  interlaced mode.  You can combine it with the
	    -fixed-vo option to concatenate files with the same  dimensions  and
	    fps value.
	       interlaced
		    Write the output as interlaced frames, top field first.
	       interlaced_bf
		    Write the output as interlaced frames, bottom field first.
	       file=<filename>
		    Write  the	output	to  <filename>	instead  of  the default
		    stream.yuv.

	    NOTE: If you do not specify any option  the  output  is  progressive
	    (i.e. not interlaced).

     gif89a
	    Output each frame into a single animated GIF file in the current di-
	    rectory.   It supports only RGB format with 24 bpp and the output is
	    converted to 256 colors.
	       <fps>Float value to specify framerate (default: 5.0).
	       <output>
		    Specify the output filename (default: ./out.gif).

	    NOTE: You must specify the framerate  before  the  filename  or  the
	    framerate will be part of the filename.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       mplayer video.nut -vo gif89a:fps=15:output=test.gif

     jpeg
	    Output  each  frame into a JPEG file in the current directory.  Each
	    file takes the frame number padded with leading zeros as name.
	       [no]progressive
		    Specify standard or progressive  JPEG  (default:  noprogres-
		    sive).
	       [no]baseline
		    Specify use of baseline or not (default: baseline).
	       optimize=<0-100>
		    optimization factor (default: 100)
	       smooth=<0-100>
		    smooth factor (default: 0)
	       quality=<0-100>
		    quality factor (default: 75)
	       outdir=<dirname>
		    Specify  the  directory  to save the JPEG files to (default:
		    ./).
	       subdirs=<prefix>
		    Create numbered subdirectories with the specified prefix  to
		    save the files in instead of the current directory.
	       maxfiles=<value> (subdirs only)
		    Maximum  number of files to be saved per subdirectory.  Must
		    be equal to or larger than 1 (default: 1000).

     pnm
	    Output each frame into a PNM file in the  current  directory.   Each
	    file  takes  the frame number padded with leading zeros as name.  It
	    supports PPM, PGM and PGMYUV files in both raw and ASCII mode.  Also
	    see pnm(5), ppm(5) and pgm(5).
	       ppm  Write PPM files (default).
	       pgm  Write PGM files.
	       pgmyuv
		    Write PGMYUV files.  PGMYUV is like PGM, but  it  also  con-
		    tains  the U and V plane, appended at the bottom of the pic-
		    ture.
	       raw  Write PNM files in raw mode (default).
	       asciiWrite PNM files in ASCII mode.
	       outdir=<dirname>
		    Specify the directory to save the  PNM  files  to  (default:
		    ./).
	       subdirs=<prefix>
		    Create  numbered subdirectories with the specified prefix to
		    save the files in instead of the current directory.
	       maxfiles=<value> (subdirs only)
		    Maximum number of files to be saved per subdirectory.   Must
		    be equal to or larger than 1 (default: 1000).

     png
	    Output  each  frame  into a PNG file in the current directory.  Each
	    file takes the frame number  padded  with  leading	zeros  as  name.
	    24bpp RGB and BGR formats are supported.
	       z=<0-9>
		    Specifies  the compression level.  0 is no compression, 9 is
		    maximum compression.
	       outdir=<dirname>
		    Specify the directory to save the  PNG  files  to  (default:
		    ./).
	       prefix=<prefix>
		    Specify  the  prefix  to  be used for the PNG filenames (de-
		    fault: no prefix).
	       alphaCreate PNG files with an alpha channel.  Note  that  MPlayer
		    in general does not support alpha, so this will only be use-
		    ful in some rare cases.

     mng
	    Output  video into an animated MNG file using 24 bpp RGB images with
	    lossless compression.
	       output=<filename>
		    Specify the output filename (default: out.mng).

	    EXAMPLE:
	       mplayer video.mkv -vo mng:output=test.mng

     tga
	    Output each frame into a Targa file in the current directory.   Each
	    file  takes the frame number padded with leading zeros as name.  The
	    purpose of this video output driver is to have a simple lossless im-
	    age writer to use without any external  library.   It  supports  the
	    BGR[A]  color  format, with 15, 24 and 32 bpp.  You can force a par-
	    ticular format with the format video filter.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       mplayer video.nut -vf format=bgr15 -vo tga

DECODING/FILTERING OPTIONS
     -ac <[-|+]codec1,[-|+]codec2,...[,]>
	    Specify a priority list of audio codecs to	be  used,  according  to
	    their codec name in codecs.conf.  Use a '-' before the codec name to
	    omit  it.	Use  a	'+' before the codec name to force it, this will
	    likely crash!  If the list has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back
	    on codecs not contained in the list.
	    NOTE: See -ac help for a full list of available codecs.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -ac mp3acm
		    Force the l3codeca.acm MP3 codec.
	       -ac mad,
		    Try libmad first, then fall back on others.
	       -ac hwac3,a52,
		    Try hardware AC-3 passthrough, software AC-3, then others.
	       -ac hwdts,
		    Try hardware DTS passthrough, then fall back on others.
	       -ac -ffmp3,
		    Skip FFmpeg's MP3 decoder.

     -af-adv <force=(0-7):list=(filters)> (also see -af)
	    Specify advanced audio filter options:

	       force=<0-7>
		    Forces the insertion of audio filters to one of the  follow-
		    ing:
		       0:  Use	completely automatic filter insertion (currently
		       identical to 1).
		       1: Optimize for accuracy (default).
		       2: Optimize for speed.  Warning: Some features in the au-
		       dio filters may silently fail, and the sound quality  may
		       drop.
		       3: Use no automatic insertion of filters and no optimiza-
		       tion.  Warning: It may be possible to crash MPlayer using
		       this setting.
		       4:  Use	automatic  insertion  of  filters according to 0
		       above, but use floating point processing when possible.
		       5: Use automatic insertion  of  filters	according  to  1
		       above, but use floating point processing when possible.
		       6:  Use	automatic  insertion  of  filters according to 2
		       above, but use floating point processing when possible.
		       7: Use no automatic insertion of filters according  to  3
		       above, and use floating point processing when possible.

	       list=<filters>
		    Same as -af.

     -afm <driver1,driver2,...>
	    Specify  a priority list of audio codec families to be used, accord-
	    ing to their codec name in codecs.conf.  Falls back on  the  default
	    codecs if none of the given codec families work.
	    NOTE: See -afm help for a full list of available codec families.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -afm ffmpeg
		    Try FFmpeg's libavcodec codecs first.
	       -afm acm,dshow
		    Try Win32 codecs first.

     -aspect <ratio> (also see -zoom)
	    Override movie aspect ratio, in case aspect information is incorrect
	    or missing in the file being played.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -aspect 4:3  or -aspect 1.3333
	       -aspect 16:9 or -aspect 1.7777

     -noaspect
	    Disable automatic movie aspect ratio compensation.

     -field-dominance <-1-1>
	    Set  first	field  for interlaced content.	Useful for deinterlacers
	    that double the framerate: -vf tfields=1, -vf yadif=1  and	-vo  vd-
	    pau:deint.
	       -1   auto (default): If the decoder does not export the appropri-
		    ate information, it falls back to 0 (top field first).
	       0    top field first
	       1    bottom field first

     -flip
	    Flip image upside-down.

     -lavdopts <option1:option2:...> (DEBUG CODE)
	    Specify  libavcodec  decoding parameters.  Separate multiple options
	    with a colon.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -lavdopts gray:skiploopfilter=all:skipframe=nonref

	    Available options are:

	       bitexact
		    Only use bit-exact algorithms in  all  decoding  steps  (for
		    codec testing).

	       bug=<value>
		    Manually work around encoder bugs.
		       0: nothing
		       1: autodetect bugs (default)
		       2  (msmpeg4v3):	some  old lavc generated msmpeg4v3 files
		       (no autodetection)
		       4  (mpeg4):  Xvid  interlacing	bug   (autodetected   if
		       fourcc==XVIX)
		       8 (mpeg4): UMP4 (autodetected if fourcc==UMP4)
		       16 (mpeg4): padding bug (autodetected)
		       32 (mpeg4): illegal vlc bug (autodetected per fourcc)
		       64  (mpeg4):  Xvid  and	DivX  qpel bug (autodetected per
		       fourcc/version)
		       128 (mpeg4): old standard qpel (autodetected per  fourcc/
		       version)
		       256  (mpeg4):  another qpel bug (autodetected per fourcc/
		       version)
		       512 (mpeg4): direct-qpel-blocksize bug (autodetected  per
		       fourcc/version)
		       1024  (mpeg4): edge padding bug (autodetected per fourcc/
		       version)

	       debug=<value>
		    Display debugging information.
		       0: disabled
		       1: picture info
		       2: rate control
		       4: bitstream
		       8: macroblock (MB) type
		       16: per-block quantization parameter (QP)
		       32: motion vector
		       0x0040: motion vector visualization (use -noslices)
		       0x0080: macroblock (MB) skip
		       0x0100: startcode
		       0x0200: PTS
		       0x0400: error resilience
		       0x0800: memory management control operations (H.264)
		       0x1000: bugs
		       0x2000: Visualize quantization parameter (QP),  lower  QP
		       are tinted greener.
		       0x4000: Visualize block types.

	       ec=<value>
		    Set error concealment strategy.
		       1: Use strong deblock filter for damaged MBs.
		       2: iterative motion vector (MV) search (slow)
		       3: all (default)

	       er=<value>
		    Set error resilience strategy.
		       0: disabled
		       1: careful (Should work with broken encoders.)
		       2: normal (default) (Works with compliant encoders.)
		       3: aggressive (More checks, but might cause problems even
		       for valid bitstreams.)
		       4: very aggressive

	       fast (MPEG-2, MPEG-4, and H.264 only)
		    Enable  optimizations  which do not comply to the specifica-
		    tion and might potentially cause problems, like simpler  de-
		    quantization,  simpler  motion compensation, assuming use of
		    the default quantization  matrix,  assuming  YUV  4:2:0  and
		    skipping a few checks to detect damaged bitstreams.

	       gray grayscale only decoding (a bit faster than with color)

	       idct=<0-99> (see -lavcopts)
		    For  best  decoding  quality use the same IDCT algorithm for
		    decoding and encoding.  This may come at a	price  in  accu-
		    racy, though.

	       lowres=<number>[,<w>]
		    Decode at lower resolutions.  Low resolution decoding is not
		    supported  by  all	codecs, and it will often result in ugly
		    artifacts.	This is not a bug, but a side effect of not  de-
		    coding at full resolution.
		       0: disabled
		       1: 1/2 resolution
		       2: 1/4 resolution
		       3: 1/8 resolution
		    If <w> is specified lowres decoding will be used only if the
		    width of the video is major than or equal to <w>.
	       o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]   Pass  AVOptions to libav-
	       codec decoder.  Note, a patch to make the o=  unneeded  and  pass
	       all  unknown  options  through the AVOption system is welcome.  A
	       full list of AVOptions can be found in the FFmpeg  manual.   Note
	       that some options may conflict with MEncoder options.

		    EXAMPLE:
			 o=debug=pict

	       sb=<number> (MPEG-2 only)
		    Skip the given number of macroblock rows at the bottom.

	       st=<number> (MPEG-2 only)
		    Skip the given number of macroblock rows at the top.

	       skiploopfilter=<skipvalue> (H.264 only)
		    Skips  the	loop filter (AKA deblocking) during H.264 decod-
		    ing.  Since the filtered frame is supposed	to  be	used  as
		    reference for decoding dependent frames this has a worse ef-
		    fect  on  quality  than  not doing deblocking on e.g. MPEG-2
		    video.  But at least for high bitrate HDTV this  provides  a
		    big speedup with no visible quality loss.

		    <skipvalue> can be either one of the following:
		       none: Never skip.
		       default: Skip useless processing steps (e.g. 0 size pack-
		       ets in AVI).
		       nonref:	Skip  frames  that  are not referenced (i.e. not
		       used for decoding other frames, the error  cannot  "build
		       up").
		       bidir: Skip B-Frames.
		       nonkey: Skip all frames except keyframes.
		       all: Skip all frames.

	       skipidct=<skipvalue> (MPEG-1/2 only)
		    Skips  the IDCT step.  This degrades quality a lot of in al-
		    most all cases (see skiploopfilter for available  skip  val-
		    ues).

	       skipframe=<skipvalue>
		    Skips decoding of frames completely.  Big speedup, but jerky
		    motion  and  sometimes bad artifacts (see skiploopfilter for
		    available skip values).

	       threads=<1-32>
		    Maximum number of threads used for decoding.   Not	all  de-
		    coders  support  threading	and  decoders with support might
		    stay below the provided limit at their choice.  (default: 1)

	       vismv=<value>
		    Visualize motion vectors.
		       0: disabled
		       1: Visualize forward predicted MVs of P-frames.
		       2: Visualize forward predicted MVs of B-frames.
		       4: Visualize backward predicted MVs of B-frames.

	       vstats
		    Prints some statistics and stores them in ./vstats_*.log.

	       wait_keyframe
		    Wait for a keyframe before displaying anything.  Avoids bro-
		    ken frames at startup or after seeking with some formats.

     -noslices
	    Disable drawing video by 16-pixel height slices/bands, instead draws
	    the whole frame in a single run.  May be faster or slower, depending
	    on video card and available cache.	It has effect only with libmpeg2
	    and libavcodec codecs.

     -nosound
	    Do not play/encode sound.  Useful for benchmarking.

     -novideo
	    Do not play/encode video.  In many cases this will not work, use -vc
	    null -vo null instead.

     -pp <quality> (also see -vf pp)
	    Set the DLL postprocess level.  This option is no longer usable with
	    -vf pp.  It only works with  Win32	DirectShow  DLLs  with	internal
	    postprocessing  routines.	The  valid range of -pp values varies by
	    codec, it is mostly 0-6, where 0=disable, 6=slowest/best.

     -pphelp (also see -vf pp)
	    Show a summary about the available postprocess filters and their us-
	    age.

     -ssf <mode>
	    Specifies software scaler parameters.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -vf scale -ssf lgb=3.0
	       lgb=<0-100>
		    gaussian blur filter (luma)
	       cgb=<0-100>
		    gaussian blur filter (chroma)
	       ls=<-100-100>
		    sharpen filter (luma)
	       cs=<-100-100>
		    sharpen filter (chroma)
	       chs=<h>
		    chroma horizontal shifting
	       cvs=<v>
		    chroma vertical shifting

     -stereo <mode>
	    Select type of MP2/MP3 stereo output.
	       0    stereo
	       1    left channel
	       2    right channel

     -sws <software scaler type> (also see -vf scale and -zoom)
	    Specify the software scaler algorithm to be used with the -zoom  op-
	    tion.   This affects video output drivers which lack hardware accel-
	    eration, e.g. x11.

	    Available types are:

	       0    fast bilinear
	       1    bilinear
	       2    bicubic (good quality) (default)
	       3    experimental
	       4    nearest neighbor (bad quality)
	       5    area
	       6    luma bicubic / chroma bilinear
	       7    gauss
	       8    sincR
	       9    lanczos
	       10   natural bicubic spline

	    NOTE: Some -sws options are tunable.  The description of  the  scale
	    video filter has further information.

     -swsopts <software scaler options>
	    Specify  advanced  software  scaler  options provided by libswscale.
	    Set to "help" to get a list of supported options.

     -vc <[-|+]codec1,[-|+]codec2,...[,]>
	    Specify a priority list of video codecs to	be  used,  according  to
	    their codec name in codecs.conf.  Use a '-' before the codec name to
	    omit  it.	Use  a	'+' before the codec name to force it, this will
	    likely crash!  If the list has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back
	    on codecs not contained in the list.
	    NOTE: See -vc help for a full list of available codecs.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -vc divx
		    Force Win32/VfW DivX codec, no fallback.
	       -vc -divxds,-divx,
		    Skip Win32 DivX codecs.
	       -vc ffmpeg12,mpeg12,
		    Try libavcodec's MPEG-1/2 codec, then libmpeg2, then others.

     -vfm <driver1,driver2,...>
	    Specify a priority list of video codec families to be used,  accord-
	    ing to their names in codecs.conf.	Falls back on the default codecs
	    if none of the given codec families work.
	    NOTE: See -vfm help for a full list of available codec families.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -vfm ffmpeg,dshow,vfw
		    Try  the  libavcodec,  then  Directshow, then VfW codecs and
		    fall back on others, if they do not work.
	       -vfm xanim
		    Try XAnim codecs first.

     -x <x> (also see -zoom) (MPlayer only)
	    Scale image to width <x> (if  software/hardware  scaling  is  avail-
	    able).  Disables aspect calculations.

     -xvidopts <option1:option2:...>
	    Specify additional parameters when decoding with Xvid.
	    NOTE: Since libavcodec is faster than Xvid you might want to use the
	    libavcodec	postprocessing filter (-vf pp) and decoder (-vfm ffmpeg)
	    instead.

	    Xvid's internal postprocessing filters:
	       deblock-chroma (also see -vf pp)
		    chroma deblock filter
	       deblock-luma (also see -vf pp)
		    luma deblock filter
	       dering-luma (also see -vf pp)
		    luma deringing filter
	       dering-chroma (also see -vf pp)
		    chroma deringing filter
	       filmeffect (also see -vf noise)
		    Adds artificial film grain to the video.  May increase  per-
		    ceived quality, while lowering true quality.

	    rendering methods:
	       dr2  Activate direct rendering method 2.
	       nodr2Deactivate direct rendering method 2.

     -xy <value> (also see -zoom)
	       value<=8
		    Scale image by factor <value>.
	       value>8
		    Set  width to value and calculate height to keep correct as-
		    pect ratio.

     -y <y> (also see -zoom) (MPlayer only)
	    Scale image to height <y> (if software/hardware  scaling  is  avail-
	    able).  Disables aspect calculations.

     -zoom
	    Allow  software  scaling,  where available.  This will allow scaling
	    with output drivers (like x11, fbdev) that do not  support	hardware
	    scaling  where  MPlayer  disables scaling by default for performance
	    reasons.

AUDIO FILTERS
     Audio filters allow you to modify the audio stream and its properties.  The
     syntax is:

     -af <filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
	    Setup a chain of audio filters.

     NOTE: To get a full list of available audio filters, see -af help.

     Audio filters are managed in lists.  There are a few commands to manage the
     filter list.

     -af-add <filter1[,filter2,...]>
	    Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

     -af-pre <filter1[,filter2,...]>
	    Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

     -af-del <index1[,index2,...]>
	    Deletes the filters at the given indexes.  Index numbers start at 0,
	    negative numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the last).

     -af-clr
	    Completely empties the filter list.

     Available filters are:

     resample[=srate[:sloppy[:type]]]
	    Changes the sample rate of the audio stream.  Can  be  used  if  you
	    have  a  fixed  frequency sound card or if you are stuck with an old
	    sound card that is only capable of max 44.1kHz.  This filter is  au-
	    tomatically  enabled  if necessary.  It only supports 16-bit integer
	    and float in native-endian format as input.
	    NOTE: With MEncoder, you need to also use -srate <srate>.
	       <srate>
		    output sample frequency in Hz.  The valid range for this pa-
		    rameter is 8000 to 192000.	If the input and  output  sample
		    frequency  are  the same or if this parameter is omitted the
		    filter is automatically unloaded.  A high  sample  frequency
		    normally improves the audio quality, especially when used in
		    combination with other filters.
	       <sloppy>
		    Allow  (1)	or  disallow  (0) the output frequency to differ
		    slightly from the frequency given by <srate>  (default:  1).
		    Can  be  used  if  the  startup of the playback is extremely
		    slow.
	       <type>
		    Select which resampling method to use.
		       0: linear interpolation (fast,  poor  quality  especially
		       when upsampling)
		       1: polyphase filterbank and integer processing
		       2:  polyphase  filterbank  and  floating point processing
		       (slow, best quality)

	    EXAMPLE:
	       mplayer -af resample=44100:0:0
		    would set the output frequency of  the  resample  filter  to
		    44100Hz  using exact output frequency scaling and linear in-
		    terpolation.

     lavcresample[=srate[:length[:linear[:count[:cutoff]]]]]
	    Changes the sample rate of the audio stream to an integer <srate> in
	    Hz.  It only supports the 16-bit native-endian format.
	    NOTE: With MEncoder, you need to also use -srate <srate>.
	       <srate>
		    the output sample rate
	       <length>
		    length of the filter with respect to the lower sampling rate
		    (default: 16)
	       <linear>
		    if 1 then filters  will  be  linearly  interpolated  between
		    polyphase entries
	       <count>
		    log2  of  the  number  of  polyphase entries (..., 10->1024,
		    11->2048, 12->4096, ...)  (default: 10->1024)
	       <cutoff>
		    cutoff frequency (0.0-1.0), default set depending upon  fil-
		    ter length

     lavcac3enc[=tospdif[:bitrate[:minchn]]]
	    Encode  multi-channel  audio  to  AC-3  at runtime using libavcodec.
	    Supports 16-bit native-endian input format, maximum 6 channels.  The
	    output is big-endian when outputting a raw AC-3  stream,  native-en-
	    dian when outputting to S/PDIF.  The output sample rate of this fil-
	    ter  is  same with the input sample rate.  When input sample rate is
	    48kHz, 44.1kHz, or 32kHz, this filter directly use it.  Otherwise  a
	    resampling	filter	is  auto-inserted before this filter to make the
	    input and output sample rate be 48kHz.  You need to specify  '-chan-
	    nels  N'  to  make the decoder decode audio into N-channel, then the
	    filter can encode the N-channel input to AC-3.
	       <tospdif>
		    Output raw AC-3 stream if zero or not set, output to  S/PDIF
		    for passthrough when <tospdif> is set non-zero.
	       <bitrate>
		    The bitrate to encode the AC-3 stream.  Set it to either 384
		    or	384000	to  get 384kbits.  Valid values: 32, 40, 48, 56,
		    64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256,
				  320, 384, 448, 512, 576, 640	Default  bitrate
		    is	based  on  the input channel number: 1ch: 96,  2ch: 192,
		    3ch: 224,  4ch: 384,  5ch: 448,  6ch: 448
	       <minchn>
		    If the input channel number is less than <minchn>, the  fil-
		    ter will detach itself (default: 5).

     sweep[=speed]
	    Produces a sine sweep.
	       <0.0-1.0>
		    Sine function delta, use very low values to hear the sweep.

     sinesuppress[=freq:decay]
	    Remove  a sine at the specified frequency.	Useful to get rid of the
	    50/60Hz noise on low quality  audio  equipment.   It  probably  only
	    works on mono input.
	       <freq>
		    The  frequency  of	the sine which should be removed (in Hz)
		    (default: 50)
	       <decay>
		    Controls the adaptivity (a larger value will make the filter
		    adapt to amplitude and  phase  changes  quicker,  a  smaller
		    value  will  make  the adaptation slower) (default: 0.0001).
		    Reasonable values are around 0.001.

     bs2b[=option1:option2:...]
	    Bauer stereophonic to binaural transformation  using  libbs2b.   Im-
	    proves  the headphone listening experience by making the sound simi-
	    lar to that from loudspeakers, allowing each ear to hear both  chan-
	    nels  and  taking  into account the distance difference and the head
	    shadowing effect.  It is applicable only to 2 channel audio.
	       fcut=<300-1000>
		    Set cut frequency in Hz.
	       feed=<10-150>
		    Set feed level for low frequencies in 0.1*dB.
	       profile=<value>
		    Several profiles are available for convenience:
			 default
			      will  be	used  if  nothing  else  was   specified
			      (fcut=700, feed=45)
			 cmoy Chu Moy circuit implementation (fcut=700, feed=60)
			 jmeier
			      Jan   Meier   circuit   implementation  (fcut=650,
			      feed=95)

	    If fcut or feed options are specified together with a profile,  they
	    will be applied on top of the selected profile.

     hrtf[=flag]
	    Head-related  transfer  function:  Converts  multichannel audio to 2
	    channel output for headphones,  preserving	the  spatiality  of  the
	    sound.

	    Flag  Meaning
	    m	  matrix decoding of the rear channel
	    s	  2-channel matrix decoding
	    0	  no matrix decoding (default)

     equalizer=[g1:g2:g3:...:g10]
	    10 octave band graphic equalizer, implemented using 10 IIR band pass
	    filters.   This means that it works regardless of what type of audio
	    is being played back.  The center frequencies for the 10 bands are:

	    No. frequency
	    0	 31.25 Hz
	    1	 62.50 Hz
	    2	125.00 Hz
	    3	250.00 Hz
	    4	500.00 Hz
	    5	 1.00 kHz
	    6	 2.00 kHz
	    7	 4.00 kHz
	    8	 8.00 kHz
	    9	16.00 kHz

	    If the sample rate of the sound being played is lower than the  cen-
	    ter frequency for a frequency band, then that band will be disabled.
	    A known bug with this filter is that the characteristics for the up-
	    permost  band  are	not  completely  symmetric if the sample rate is
	    close to the center frequency of that band.   This	problem  can  be
	    worked  around by upsampling the sound using the resample filter be-
	    fore it reaches this filter.
	       <g1>:<g2>:<g3>:...:<g10>
		    floating point numbers representing the gain in dB for  each
		    frequency band (-12-12)

	    EXAMPLE:
	       mplayer -af equalizer=11:11:10:5:0:-12:0:5:12:12 media.avi
		    Would amplify the sound in the upper and lower frequency re-
		    gion while canceling it almost completely around 1kHz.

     channels=nch[:nr:from1:to1:from2:to2:from3:to3:...]
	    Can  be  used  for adding, removing, routing and copying audio chan-
	    nels.  If only <nch> is given the default routing is used, it  works
	    as follows: If the number of output channels is bigger than the num-
	    ber  of  input  channels  empty channels are inserted (except mixing
	    from mono to stereo, then the mono channel is repeated  in	both  of
	    the  output  channels).  If the number of output channels is smaller
	    than the number of input channels the exceeding channels  are  trun-
	    cated.
	       <nch>number of output channels (1-8)
	       <nr> number of routes (1-8)
	       <from1:to1:from2:to2:from3:to3:...>
		    Pairs  of numbers between 0 and 7 that define where to route
		    each channel.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       mplayer -af channels=4:4:0:1:1:0:2:2:3:3 media.avi
		    Would change the number of channels to 4 and set up 4 routes
		    that swap channel 0 and channel 1 and leave channel 2 and  3
		    intact.   Observe  that if media containing two channels was
		    played back, channels 2 and 3 would contain  silence  but  0
		    and 1 would still be swapped.
	       mplayer -af channels=6:4:0:0:0:1:0:2:0:3 media.avi
		    Would change the number of channels to 6 and set up 4 routes
		    that  copy	channel  0  to channels 0 to 3.  Channel 4 and 5
		    will contain silence.

     format[=format] (also see -format)
	    Convert between different  sample  formats.   Automatically  enabled
	    when needed by the sound card or another filter.
	       <format>
		    Sets  the  desired format.	The general form is 'sbe', where
		    's' denotes the sign (either 's' for signed or 'u'	for  un-
		    signed),  'b'  denotes the number of bits per sample (16, 24
		    or 32) and 'e' denotes the endianness ('le' means little-en-
		    dian, 'be' big-endian and 'ne' the endianness  of  the  com-
		    puter MPlayer is running on).  Valid values (amongst others)
		    are:  's16le', 'u32be' and 'u24ne'.  Exceptions to this rule
		    that are also valid  format  specifiers:  u8,  s8,	floatle,
		    floatbe, floatne, mulaw, alaw, mpeg2, ac3 and imaadpcm.

     volume[=v[:sc]]
	    Implements	software  volume  control.  Use this filter with caution
	    since it can reduce the signal to noise ratio of the sound.  In most
	    cases it is best to set the level for the PCM sound  to  max,  leave
	    this  filter  out and control the output level to your speakers with
	    the master volume control of the mixer.  In case your sound card has
	    a digital PCM mixer instead of an analog one, and you  hear  distor-
	    tion,  use the MASTER mixer instead.  If there is an external ampli-
	    fier connected to the computer (this is almost always the case), the
	    noise level can be minimized by adjusting the master level	and  the
	    volume  knob  on  the amplifier until the hissing noise in the back-
	    ground is gone.
	    This filter has a second feature: It measures  the	overall  maximum
	    sound level and prints out that level when MPlayer exits.  This vol-
	    ume  estimate  can	be  used for setting the sound level in MEncoder
	    such that the maximum dynamic range is utilized.  This feature  cur-
	    rently  only  works  with  floating-point  data,  use  e.g.  -af-adv
	    force=5, or use -af stats.
	    NOTE: This filter is not reentrant and can therefore only be enabled
	    once for every audio stream.
	       <v>  Sets the desired gain in dB for all channels in  the  stream
		    from  -200dB  to  +60dB,  where  -200dB mutes the sound com-
		    pletely and +60dB equals a gain of 1000 (default: 0).
	       <sc> Turns soft clipping on (1) or off  (0).   Soft-clipping  can
		    make  the  sound  more smooth if very high volume levels are
		    used.  Enable this option if the dynamic range of the  loud-
		    speakers is very low.
		    WARNING:  This feature creates distortion and should be con-
		    sidered a last resort.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       mplayer -af volume=10.1:0 media.avi
		    Would amplify the sound by 10.1dB and hard-clip if the sound
		    level is too high.

     pan=n[:L00:L01:L02:...L10:L11:L12:...Ln0:Ln1:Ln2:...]
	    Mixes channels arbitrarily.  Basically a combination of  the  volume
	    and  the  channels filter that can be used to down-mix many channels
	    to only a few, e.g. stereo to mono or vary the "width" of the center
	    speaker in a surround sound system.  This filter is hard to use, and
	    will require some tinkering before the desired result  is  obtained.
	    The  number of options for this filter depends on the number of out-
	    put channels.  An example how to downmix a six-channel file  to  two
	    channels  with this filter can be found in the examples section near
	    the end.
	       <n>  number of output channels (1-8)
	       <Lij>How much of input channel i is mixed into output  channel  j
		    (0-1).  So in principle you first have n numbers saying what
		    to	do with the first input channel, then n numbers that act
		    on the second input channel etc.  If you do not specify  any
		    numbers for some input channels, 0 is assumed.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       mplayer -af pan=1:0.5:0.5 media.avi
		    Would down-mix from stereo to mono.
	       mplayer -af pan=3:1:0:0.5:0:1:0.5 media.avi
		    Would give 3 channel output leaving channels 0 and 1 intact,
		    and  mix channels 0 and 1 into output channel 2 (which could
		    be sent to a subwoofer for example).

     sub[=fc:ch]
	    Adds a subwoofer channel to the audio stream.  The audio  data  used
	    for  creating  the	subwoofer  channel is an average of the sound in
	    channel 0 and channel 1.  The resulting sound is then low-pass  fil-
	    tered  by  a 4th order Butterworth filter with a default cutoff fre-
	    quency of 60Hz and added to a separate channel in the audio stream.
	    Warning: Disable this filter when you are playing  DVDs  with  Dolby
	    Digital  5.1  sound, otherwise this filter will disrupt the sound to
	    the subwoofer.
	       <fc> cutoff frequency in Hz for	the  low-pass  filter  (20Hz  to
		    300Hz)  (default:  60Hz) For the best result try setting the
		    cutoff frequency as low as possible.  This will improve  the
		    stereo or surround sound experience.
	       <ch> Determines	the  channel  number in which to insert the sub-
		    channel audio.  Channel number can be between 0 and  7  (de-
		    fault:  5).   Observe that the number of channels will auto-
		    matically be increased to <ch> if necessary.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       mplayer -af sub=100:4 -channels 5 media.avi
		    Would add a sub-woofer channel with a  cutoff  frequency  of
		    100Hz to output channel 4.

     center
	    Creates  a center channel from the front channels.	May currently be
	    low quality as it does not implement a high-pass filter  for  proper
	    extraction yet, but averages and halves the channels instead.
	       <ch> Determines	the channel number in which to insert the center
		    channel.  Channel number can be between 0  and  7  (default:
		    5).   Observe that the number of channels will automatically
		    be increased to <ch> if necessary.

     surround[=delay]
	    Decoder for matrix encoded surround sound like Dolby Surround.  Many
	    files with 2 channel audio actually contain matrixed surround sound.
	    Requires a sound card supporting at least 4 channels.
	       <delay>
		    delay time in ms for the rear speakers (0 to 1000) (default:
		    20) This delay should be set as follows: If d1 is  the  dis-
		    tance  from the listening position to the front speakers and
		    d2 is the distance from the listening position to  the  rear
		    speakers,  then  the delay should be set to 15ms if d1 <= d2
		    and to 15 + 5*(d1-d2) if d1 > d2.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       mplayer -af surround=15 -channels 4 media.avi
		    Would add surround sound decoding with 15ms  delay	for  the
		    sound to the rear speakers.

     delay[=ch1:ch2:...]
	    Delays  the  sound	to the loudspeakers such that the sound from the
	    different channels arrives at the listening position simultaneously.
	    It is only useful if you have more than 2 loudspeakers.
	       ch1,ch2,...
		    The delay in ms that  should  be  imposed  on  each  channel
		    (floating point number between 0 and 1000).

	    To	calculate  the	required  delay for the different channels do as
	    follows:

	    1. Measure the distance to the loudspeakers in meters in relation to
	       your listening position, giving you the distances s1 to s5 (for a
	       5.1 system).  There is no point in compensating for the subwoofer
	       (you will not hear the difference anyway).

	    2. Subtract the distances s1 to s5 from the maximum  distance,  i.e.
	       s[i] = max(s) - s[i]; i = 1...5.

	    3. Calculate  the required delays in ms as d[i] = 1000*s[i]/342; i =
	       1...5.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       mplayer -af delay=10.5:10.5:0:0:7:0 media.avi
		    Would delay front left and right by  10.5ms,  the  two  rear
		    channels and the sub by 0ms and the center channel by 7ms.

     export[=mmapped_file[:nsamples]]
	    Exports  the incoming signal to other processes using memory mapping
	    (mmap()).  Memory mapped areas contain a header:

	    int nch			 /*number of channels*/
	    int size			 /*buffer size*/
	    unsigned long long counter	 /*Used to keep sync, updated every
					   time new data is exported.*/

	    The rest is payload (non-interleaved) 16 bit data.
	       <mmapped_file>
		    file to map data to (default: ~/.mplayer/mplayer-af_export)
	       <nsamples>
		    number of samples per channel (default: 512)

	    EXAMPLE:
	       mplayer -af export=/tmp/mplayer-af_export:1024 media.avi
		    Would export 1024  samples	per  channel  to  '/tmp/mplayer-
		    af_export'.

     extrastereo[=mul]
	    (Linearly)	increases the difference between left and right channels
	    which adds some sort of "live" effect to playback.
	       <mul>Sets the difference coefficient (default: 2.5).   0.0  means
		    mono  sound  (average of both channels), with 1.0 sound will
		    be unchanged, with -1.0 left  and  right  channels	will  be
		    swapped.

     volnorm[=method:target]
	    Maximizes the volume without distorting the sound.
	       <method>
		    Sets the used method.
		       1:  Use	a single sample to smooth the variations via the
		       standard weighted mean over past samples (default).
		       2: Use several samples to smooth the variations	via  the
		       standard weighted mean over past samples.

	       <target>
		    Sets  the  target amplitude as a fraction of the maximum for
		    the sample type (default: 0.25).

     ladspa=file:label[:controls...]
	    Load a LADSPA (Linux Audio Developer's Simple  Plugin  API)  plugin.
	    This  filter is reentrant, so multiple LADSPA plugins can be used at
	    once.
	       <file>
		    Specifies the LADSPA plugin library file.  If LADSPA_PATH is
		    set, it searches for the specified file.  If it is not  set,
		    you must supply a fully specified pathname.
	       <label>
		    Specifies  the  filter  within  the library.  Some libraries
		    contain only one filter, but others contain  many  of  them.
		    Entering 'help' here, will list all available filters within
		    the specified library, which eliminates the use of 'listplu-
		    gins' from the LADSPA SDK.
	       <controls>
		    Controls  are zero or more floating point values that deter-
		    mine the behavior of the loaded plugin (for  example  delay,
		    threshold  or gain).  In verbose mode (add -v to the MPlayer
		    command line), all available controls and their valid ranges
		    are printed.  This eliminates  the	use  of  'analyseplugin'
		    from the LADSPA SDK.

     comp
	    Compressor/expander  filter  usable  for microphone input.	Prevents
	    artifacts on very loud sound and  raises  the  volume  on  very  low
	    sound.  This filter is untested, maybe even unusable.

     gate
	    Noise  gate filter similar to the comp audio filter.  This filter is
	    untested, maybe even unusable.

     karaoke
	    Simple voice removal filter exploiting the fact that voice	is  usu-
	    ally recorded with mono gear and later 'center' mixed onto the final
	    audio  stream.   Beware  that this filter will turn your signal into
	    mono.  Works well for 2 channel tracks; do not bother trying  it  on
	    anything but 2 channel stereo.

     scaletempo[=option1:option2:...]
	    Scales  audio  tempo  without  altering  pitch, optionally synced to
	    playback speed (default).
	    This works by playing 'stride' ms of audio at normal speed then con-
	    suming 'stride*scale' ms of input audio.  It pieces the strides  to-
	    gether  by	blending  'overlap'%  of stride with audio following the
	    previous stride.  It optionally performs a short statistical  analy-
	    sis  on  the next 'search' ms of audio to determine the best overlap
	    position.
	       scale=<amount>
		    Nominal amount to scale tempo.  Scales this amount in  addi-
		    tion to speed.  (default: 1.0)
	       stride=<amount>
		    Length  in	milliseconds to output each stride.  Too high of
		    value will cause noticeable skips at high scale amounts  and
		    an	echo  at  low scale amounts.  Very low values will alter
		    pitch.  Increasing improves performance.  (default: 60)
	       overlap=<percent>
		    Percentage of stride to overlap.  Decreasing  improves  per-
		    formance.  (default: .20)
	       search=<amount>
		    Length  in milliseconds to search for best overlap position.
		    Decreasing improves performance greatly.  On  slow	systems,
		    you will probably want to set this very low.  (default: 14)
	       speed=<tempo|pitch|both|none>
		    Set response to speed change.
		       tempoScale tempo in sync with speed (default).
		       pitchReverses effect of filter.	Scales pitch without al-
			    tering tempo.  Add '[ speed_mult 0.9438743126816935'
			    and  ']  speed_mult  1.059463094352953'  to your in-
			    put.conf to step by  musical  semi-tones.	WARNING:
			    Loses sync with video.
		       both Scale both tempo and pitch.
		       none Ignore speed changes.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       mplayer -af scaletempo -speed 1.2 media.ogg
		    Would  playback  media  at	1.2x normal speed, with audio at
		    normal pitch.  Changing playback speed, would  change  audio
		    tempo to match.
	       mplayer -af scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=none -speed 1.2 media.ogg
		    Would  playback  media  at	1.2x normal speed, with audio at
		    normal pitch, but changing playback speed has no  effect  on
		    audio tempo.
	       mplayer -af scaletempo=stride=30:overlap=.50:search=10 media.ogg
		    Would tweak the quality and performance parameters.
	       mplayer -af format=floatne,scaletempo media.ogg
		    Would  make scaletempo use float code.  Maybe faster on some
		    platforms.
	       mplayer -af scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=pitch audio.ogg
		    Would playback audio file at 1.2x normal speed,  with  audio
		    at	normal	pitch.	 Changing  playback  speed, would change
		    pitch, leaving audio tempo at 1.2x.

     stats
	    Collects and prints statistics about the  audio  stream,  especially
	    the  volume.   These  statistics are especially intended to help ad-
	    justing the volume while avoiding clipping.  The volumes are printed
	    in dB and compatible with the volume audio filter, they  are  always
	    rounded towards -0dB.

	    The  'n_samples'  field  is  the total number of samples seen by the
	    filter.  The 'mean_volume' field  is  the  root  mean  square.   The
	    'max_volume'  field  is  exactly  what it says.  The 'histogram_Xdb'
	    fields count how many  samples  were  at  -XdB,  for  X  just  below
	    max_volume.

	    For  example,  if  max_volume is -7dB and histogram_7dB is 19, 'vol-
	    ume=7' will not cause clipping and 'volume=8' will cause clipping on
	    exactly 19 samples.

VIDEO FILTERS
     Video filters allow you to modify the video stream and its properties.  The
     syntax is:

     -vf <filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
	    Setup a chain of video filters.

     Many parameters are optional and set to default values if omitted.  To  ex-
     plicitly use a default value set a parameter to '-1'.  Parameters w:h means
     width  x  height  in  pixels, x:y means x;y position counted from the upper
     left corner of the bigger image.
     NOTE: To get a full list of available video filters, see -vf help.

     Video filters are managed in lists.  There are a few commands to manage the
     filter list.

     -vf-add <filter1[,filter2,...]>
	    Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

     -vf-pre <filter1[,filter2,...]>
	    Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

     -vf-del <index1[,index2,...]>
	    Deletes the filters at the given indexes.  Index numbers start at 0,
	    negative numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the last).

     -vf-clr
	    Completely empties the filter list.

     With filters that support it, you can access parameters by their name.

     -vf <filter>=help
	    Prints the parameter names and parameter value ranges for a particu-
	    lar filter.

     -vf <filter=named_parameter1=value1[:named_parameter2=value2:...]>
	    Sets a named parameter to the given value.	Use on and  off  or  yes
	    and no to set flag parameters.

     Available filters are:

     crop[=w:h:x:y]
	    Crops  the given part of the image and discards the rest.  Useful to
	    remove black bands from widescreen movies.
	       <w>,<h>
		    Cropped width and height, defaults	to  original  width  and
		    height.
	       <x>,<y>
		    Position of the cropped picture, defaults to center.

     cropdetect[=limit:round[:reset]]
	    Calculates	necessary cropping parameters and prints the recommended
	    parameters to stdout.
	       <limit>
		    Threshold, which can be optionally	specified  from  nothing
		    (0) to everything (255) (default: 24).
	       <round>
		    Value  which  the  width/height  should be divisible by (de-
		    fault: 16).  The offset is automatically adjusted to  center
		    the  video.   Use  2 to get only even dimensions (needed for
		    4:2:2 video).  16  is  best  when  encoding  to  most  video
		    codecs.
	       <reset>
		    Counter  that  determines  after  how many frames cropdetect
		    will reset the previously detected largest	video  area  and
		    start over to detect the current optimal crop area (default:
		    0).  This can be useful when channel logos distort the video
		    area.   0  indicates never reset and return the largest area
		    encountered during playback.

     rectangle[=w:h:x:y]
	    Draws a rectangle of the requested width and height at the specified
	    coordinates over the image and prints current  rectangle  parameters
	    to	the  console.  This can be used to find optimal cropping parame-
	    ters.  If you bind the input.conf  directive  'change_rectangle'  to
	    keystrokes, you can move and resize the rectangle on the fly.
	       <w>,<h>
		    width  and height (default: -1, maximum possible width where
		    boundaries are still visible.)
	       <x>,<y>
		    top left corner position (default: -1, uppermost leftmost)

     expand[=w:h:x:y:o:a:r]
	    Expands (not scales) movie resolution to the given value and  places
	    the  unscaled original at coordinates x, y.  Can be used for placing
	    subtitles/OSD in the resulting black bands.

	       <w>,<h>
		    Expanded  width,height  (default:  original   width,height).
		    Negative  values  for  w and h are treated as offsets to the
		    original size.

		    EXAMPLE:
			 expand=0:-50:0:0
				Adds a 50 pixel border to the bottom of the pic-
				ture.

	       <x>,<y>
		    position of original image on the expanded	image  (default:
		    center)

	       <o>  OSD/subtitle rendering
		       0: disable (default)
		       1: enable

	       <a>  Expands  to  fit an aspect instead of a resolution (default:
		    0).

		    EXAMPLE:
			 expand=800:::::4/3
				Expands to 800x600, unless the source is  higher
				resolution,  in  which case it expands to fill a
				4/3 aspect.

	       <r>  Rounds up to make both width and  height  divisible  by  <r>
		    (default: 1).

     flip (also see -flip)
	    Flips the image upside down.

     mirror
	    Mirrors the image on the Y axis.

     rotate[=<0-7>]
	    Rotates the image by 90 degrees and optionally flips it.  For values
	    between  4-7 rotation is only done if the movie geometry is portrait
	    and not landscape.

	       0    Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and flip (default).

	       1    Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise.

	       2    Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise.

	       3    Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise and flip.

     scale[=w:h[:interlaced[:chr_drop[:par[:par2[:presize[:noup[:arnd]]]]]]]]
	    Scales the image with the software	scaler	(slow)	and  performs  a
	    YUV<->RGB colorspace conversion (also see -sws).

	       <w>,<h>
		    scaled width/height (default: original width/height)
		    NOTE:  If  -zoom  is used, and underlying filters (including
		    libvo) are incapable of scaling,  it  defaults  to	d_width/
		    d_height!
			0:   scaled d_width/d_height
		       -1:   original width/height
		       -2:    Calculate  w/h  using  the other dimension and the
		       prescaled aspect ratio.
		       -3:   Calculate w/h using the  other  dimension	and  the
		       original aspect ratio.
		       -(n+8):	Like -n above, but rounding the dimension to the
		       closest multiple of 16.

	       <interlaced>
		    Toggle interlaced scaling.
		       0: off (default)
		       1: on

	       <chr_drop>
		    chroma skipping
		       0: Use all available input lines for chroma.
		       1: Use only every 2. input line for chroma.
		       2: Use only every 4. input line for chroma.
		       3: Use only every 8. input line for chroma.

	       <par>[:<par2>] (also see -sws)
		    Set some scaling parameters depending on the type of  scaler
		    selected with -sws.
		       -sws 2 (bicubic):  B (blurring) and C (ringing)
		       0.00:0.60 default
		       0.00:0.75 VirtualDub's "precise bicubic"
		       0.00:0.50 Catmull-Rom spline
		       0.33:0.33 Mitchell-Netravali spline
		       1.00:0.00 cubic B-spline
		       -sws 7 (gaussian): sharpness (0 (soft) - 100 (sharp))
		       -sws 9 (lanczos):  filter length (1-10)

	       <presize>
		    Scale to preset sizes.
		       qntsc:	352x240 (NTSC quarter screen)
		       qpal:	352x288 (PAL quarter screen)
		       ntsc:	720x480 (standard NTSC)
		       pal:	720x576 (standard PAL)
		       sntsc:	640x480 (square pixel NTSC)
		       spal:	768x576 (square pixel PAL)

	       <noup>
		    Disallow upscaling past the original dimensions.
		       0: Allow upscaling (default).
		       1: Disallow upscaling if one dimension exceeds its origi-
		       nal value.
		       2:  Disallow  upscaling	if  both dimensions exceed their
		       original values.

	       <arnd>
		    Accurate rounding for the  vertical  scaler,  which  may  be
		    faster or slower than the default rounding.
		       0: Disable accurate rounding (default).
		       1: Enable accurate rounding.

     dsize[=aspect|w:h:aspect-method:r]
	    Changes  the  intended  display size/aspect at an arbitrary point in
	    the filter chain.  Aspect can be given as a fraction (4/3) or float-
	    ing point number (1.33).  Alternatively, you may specify  the  exact
	    display width and height desired.  Note that this filter does not do
	    any  scaling itself; it just affects what later scalers (software or
	    hardware) will do when auto-scaling to correct aspect.

	       <w>,<h>
		    New display width and height.  Can	also  be  these  special
		    values:
			0:   original display width and height
		       -1:   original video width and height (default)
		       -2:    Calculate  w/h  using  the other dimension and the
		       original display aspect ratio.
		       -3:   Calculate w/h using the  other  dimension	and  the
		       original video aspect ratio.

	       EXAMPLE:
			 dsize=800:-2
				Specifies  a display resolution of 800x600 for a
				4/3 aspect video, or 800x450 for a  16/9  aspect
				video.
	       <aspect-method>
		    Modifies  width  and height according to original aspect ra-
		    tios.
		       -1: Ignore original aspect ratio (default).
			0: Keep display aspect ratio by using  <w>  and  <h>  as
		       maximum resolution.
			1:  Keep  display  aspect  ratio by using <w> and <h> as
		       minimum resolution.
			2: Keep video aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as maxi-
		       mum resolution.
			3: Keep video aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as mini-
		       mum resolution.

	       EXAMPLE:
			 dsize=800:600:0
				Specifies  a  display  resolution  of  at   most
				800x600, or smaller, in order to keep aspect.

	       <r>  Rounds  up	to  make  both width and height divisible by <r>
		    (default: 1).

     yvu9
	    Forces software YVU9 to YV12 colorspace conversion.   Deprecated  in
	    favor of the software scaler.

     yuvcsp
	    Clamps  YUV  color	values	to the CCIR 601 range without doing real
	    conversion.

     palette
	    RGB/BGR 8 -> 15/16/24/32bpp colorspace conversion using palette.

     format[=fourcc[:outfourcc]]
	    Restricts the colorspace for the next filter without doing any  con-
	    version.  Use together with the scale filter for a real conversion.
	    NOTE: For a list of available formats see format=fmt=help.
	       <fourcc>
		    format name like rgb15, bgr24, yv12, etc (default: yuy2)
	       <outfourcc>
		    Format  name  that should be substituted for the output.  If
		    this is not 100% compatible with the <fourcc> value it  will
		    crash.
		    Valid examples:
		    format=rgb24:bgr24 format=yuyv:yuy2
		    Invalid examples (will crash):
		    format=rgb24:yv12

     noformat[=fourcc]
	    Restricts  the colorspace for the next filter without doing any con-
	    version.  Unlike the format filter, this will allow  any  colorspace
	    except the one you specify.
	    NOTE: For a list of available formats see noformat=fmt=help.
	       <fourcc>
		    format name like rgb15, bgr24, yv12, etc (default: yv12)

     pp[=filter1[:option1[:option2...]]/[-]filter2...] (also see -pphelp)
	    Enables  the  specified chain of postprocessing subfilters.  Subfil-
	    ters must be separated by '/' and can be disabled  by  prepending  a
	    '-'.   Each  subfilter and some options have a short and a long name
	    that can be used interchangeably, i.e. dr/dering are the same.   All
	    subfilters share common options to determine their scope:
	       a/autoq
		    Automatically  switch  the	subfilter  off if the CPU is too
		    slow.
	       c/chrom
		    Do chrominance filtering, too (default).
	       y/nochrom
		    Do luminance filtering only (no chrominance).
	       n/noluma
		    Do chrominance filtering only (no luminance).

	    NOTE: -pphelp shows a list of available subfilters.

	    Available subfilters are

	       hb/hdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
		    horizontal deblocking filter
		       <difference>: Difference factor where higher values  mean
		       more deblocking (default: 32).
		       <flatness>:  Flatness  threshold  where lower values mean
		       more deblocking (default: 39).

	       vb/vdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
		    vertical deblocking filter
		       <difference>: Difference factor where higher values  mean
		       more deblocking (default: 32).
		       <flatness>:  Flatness  threshold  where lower values mean
		       more deblocking (default: 39).

	       ha/hadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
		    accurate horizontal deblocking filter
		       <difference>: Difference factor where higher values  mean
		       more deblocking (default: 32).
		       <flatness>:  Flatness  threshold  where lower values mean
		       more deblocking (default: 39).

	       va/vadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
		    accurate vertical deblocking filter
		       <difference>: Difference factor where higher values  mean
		       more deblocking (default: 32).
		       <flatness>:  Flatness  threshold  where lower values mean
		       more deblocking (default: 39).

	       The horizontal and vertical deblocking filters share the  differ-
	       ence  and  flatness values so you cannot set different horizontal
	       and vertical thresholds.

	       h1/x1hdeblock
		    experimental horizontal deblocking filter

	       v1/x1vdeblock
		    experimental vertical deblocking filter

	       dr/dering
		    deringing filter

	       tn/tmpnoise[:threshold1[:threshold2[:threshold3]]]
		    temporal noise reducer
		       <threshold1>: larger -> stronger filtering
		       <threshold2>: larger -> stronger filtering
		       <threshold3>: larger -> stronger filtering

	       al/autolevels[:f/fullyrange]
		    automatic brightness / contrast correction
		       f/fullyrange: Stretch luminance to (0-255).

	       lb/linblenddeint
		    Linear blend  deinterlacing  filter  that  deinterlaces  the
		    given block by filtering all lines with a (1 2 1) filter.

	       li/linipoldeint
		    Linear  interpolating deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces
		    the given block by linearly interpolating every second line.

	       ci/cubicipoldeint
		    Cubic interpolating deinterlacing  filter  deinterlaces  the
		    given block by cubically interpolating every second line.

	       md/mediandeint
		    Median  deinterlacing  filter  that  deinterlaces  the given
		    block by applying a median filter to every second line.

	       fd/ffmpegdeint
		    FFmpeg deinterlacing  filter  that	deinterlaces  the  given
		    block  by  filtering  every second line with a (-1 4 2 4 -1)
		    filter.

	       l5/lowpass5
		    Vertically applied FIR  lowpass  deinterlacing  filter  that
		    deinterlaces  the  given block by filtering all lines with a
		    (-1 2 6 2 -1) filter.

	       fq/forceQuant[:quantizer]
		    Overrides the quantizer table from the input with  the  con-
		    stant quantizer you specify.
		       <quantizer>: quantizer to use

	       de/default
		    default pp filter combination (hb:a,vb:a,dr:a)

	       fa/fast
		    fast pp filter combination (h1:a,v1:a,dr:a)

	       ac   high quality pp filter combination (ha:a:128:7,va:a,dr:a)

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -vf pp=hb/vb/dr/al
		    horizontal	and vertical deblocking, deringing and automatic
		    brightness/contrast
	       -vf pp=de/-al
		    default filters without brightness/contrast correction
	       -vf pp=default/tmpnoise:1:2:3
		    Enable default filters & temporal denoiser.
	       -vf pp=hb:y/vb:a
		    Horizontal deblocking on luminance only, and switch vertical
		    deblocking on or off automatically	depending  on  available
		    CPU time.

     spp[=quality[:qp[:mode]]]
	    Simple  postprocessing  filter  that compresses and decompresses the
	    image at several (or - in the case of quality level 6 - all)  shifts
	    and averages the results.

	       <quality>
		    0-6 (default: 3)

	       <qp> Force  quantization  parameter  (default:  0,  use	QP  from
		    video).

	       <mode>
		    0: hard thresholding (default)
		    1: soft thresholding (better deringing, but blurrier)
		    4: like 0, but also use B-frames' QP (may cause flicker)
		    5: like 1, but also use B-frames' QP (may cause flicker)

     uspp[=quality[:qp]]
	    Ultra simple & slow postprocessing filter that compresses and decom-
	    presses the image at several (or - in the case of quality level 8  -
	    all) shifts and averages the results.  The way this differs from the
	    behavior  of  spp  is that uspp actually encodes & decodes each case
	    with libavcodec Snow, whereas spp uses a simplified intra  only  8x8
	    DCT similar to MJPEG.

	       <quality>
		    0-8 (default: 3)

	       <qp> Force  quantization  parameter  (default:  0,  use	QP  from
		    video).

     fspp[=quality[:qp[:strength[:bframes]]]]
	    faster version of the simple postprocessing filter

	       <quality>
		    4-5 (equivalent to spp; default: 4)

	       <qp> Force  quantization  parameter  (default:  0,  use	QP  from
		    video).

	       <-15-32>
		    Filter  strength,  lower  values  mean more details but also
		    more artifacts, while higher values make the image	smoother
		    but also blurrier (default: 0 - PSNR optimal).

	       <bframes>
		    0: do not use QP from B-frames (default)
		    1: use QP from B-frames too (may cause flicker)

     pp7[=qp[:mode]]
	    Variant  of  the spp filter, similar to spp=6 with 7 point DCT where
	    only the center sample is used after IDCT.

	       <qp> Force  quantization  parameter  (default:  0,  use	QP  from
		    video).

	       <mode>
		    0: hard thresholding
		    1: soft thresholding (better deringing, but blurrier)
		    2: medium thresholding (default, good results)

     qp=equation
	    quantization parameter (QP) change filter

	       <equation>
		    some equation like "2+2*sin(PI*qp)"

     geq=equation
	    generic equation change filter

	       <equation>
		    Some  equation, e.g.  'p(W-X\,Y)' to flip the image horizon-
		    tally.  You can use whitespace to  make  the  equation  more
		    readable.	There are a couple of constants that can be used
		    in the equation:
		       PI: the number pi
		       E: the number e
		       X / Y: the coordinates of the current sample
		       W / H: width and height of the image
		       SW / SH: width/height scale depending  on  the  currently
		       filtered plane, e.g. 1,1 and 0.5,0.5 for YUV 4:2:0.
		       p(x,y): returns the value of the pixel at location x/y of
		       the current plane.

     test
	    Generate various test patterns.

     rgbtest[=width:height]
	    Generate an RGB test pattern useful for detecting RGB vs BGR issues.
	    You should see a red, green and blue stripe from top to bottom.

	       <width>
		    Desired  width  of	generated  image  (default: 0).  0 means
		    width of input image.

	       <height>
		    Desired height of generated image  (default:  0).	0  means
		    height of input image.

     lavc[=quality:fps]
	    Fast software YV12 to MPEG-1 conversion with libavcodec for use with
	    DVB/DXR3/IVTV/V4L2.

	       <quality>
		    1-31: fixed qscale
		    32-:  fixed bitrate in kbits

	       <fps>force output fps (float value) (default: 0, autodetect based
		    on height)

     dvbscale[=aspect]
	    Set up optimal scaling for DVB cards, scaling the x axis in hardware
	    and calculating the y axis scaling in software to keep aspect.  Only
	    useful together with expand and scale.

	       <aspect>
		    Control  aspect  ratio,  calculate as DVB_HEIGHT*ASPECTRATIO
		    (default: 576*4/3=768), set it to 576*(16/9)=1024 for a 16:9
		    TV.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -vf dvbscale,scale=-1:0,expand=-1:576:-1:-1:1,lavc
		    FIXME: Explain what this does.

     noise[=luma[u][t|a][h][p]:chroma[u][t|a][h][p]]
	    Adds noise.
	       <0-100>
		    luma noise
	       <0-100>
		    chroma noise
	       u    uniform noise (gaussian otherwise)
	       t    temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames)
	       a    averaged temporal noise (smoother, but a lot slower)
	       h    high quality (slightly better looking, slightly slower)
	       p    mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern

     denoise3d[=luma_spatial:chroma_spatial:luma_tmp:chroma_tmp]
	    This filter aims to reduce image noise producing smooth  images  and
	    making  still images really still (This should enhance compressibil-
	    ity.).
	       <luma_spatial>
		    spatial luma strength (default: 4)
	       <chroma_spatial>
		    spatial chroma strength (default: 3)
	       <luma_tmp>
		    luma temporal strength (default: 6)
	       <chroma_tmp>
		    chroma  temporal  strength	(default:   luma_tmp*chroma_spa-
		    tial/luma_spatial)

     hqdn3d[=luma_spatial:chroma_spatial:luma_tmp:chroma_tmp]
	    High  precision/quality version of the denoise3d filter.  Parameters
	    and usage are the same.

     ow[=depth[:luma_strength[:chroma_strength]]]
	    Overcomplete Wavelet denoiser.
	       <depth>
		    Larger depth values will denoise lower frequency  components
		    more, but slow down filtering (default: 8).
	       <luma_strength>
		    luma strength (default: 1.0)
	       <chroma_strength>
		    chroma strength (default: 1.0)

     eq[=brightness:contrast] (OBSOLETE)
	    Software  equalizer with interactive controls just like the hardware
	    equalizer, for cards/drivers that do not support brightness and con-
	    trast controls in hardware.  Might also be useful with MEncoder, ei-
	    ther for fixing poorly captured movies,  or  for  slightly	reducing
	    contrast to mask artifacts and get by with lower bitrates.
	       <-100-100>
		    initial brightness
	       <-100-100>
		    initial contrast

     eq2[=gamma:contrast:brightness:saturation:rg:gg:bg:weight]
	    Alternative  software equalizer that uses lookup tables (very slow),
	    allowing gamma correction in addition to simple brightness and  con-
	    trast  adjustment.	Note that it uses the same MMX optimized code as
	    -vf eq if all gamma values are 1.0.  The  parameters  are  given  as
	    floating point values.
	       <0.1-10>
		    initial gamma value (default: 1.0)
	       <-2-2>
		    initial contrast, where negative values result in a negative
		    image (default: 1.0)
	       <-1-1>
		    initial brightness (default: 0.0)
	       <0-3>initial saturation (default: 1.0)
	       <0.1-10>
		    gamma value for the red component (default: 1.0)
	       <0.1-10>
		    gamma value for the green component (default: 1.0)
	       <0.1-10>
		    gamma value for the blue component (default: 1.0)
	       <0-1>The  weight  parameter can be used to reduce the effect of a
		    high gamma value on bright image areas, e.g. keep them  from
		    getting  overamplified and just plain white.  A value of 0.0
		    turns the gamma correction all the way down while 1.0 leaves
		    it at its full strength (default: 1.0).

     hue[=hue:saturation]
	    Software equalizer with interactive controls just like the	hardware
	    equalizer,	for cards/drivers that do not support hue and saturation
	    controls in hardware.
	       <-180-180>
		    initial hue (default: 0.0)
	       <-10-10>
		    initial saturation, where negative values result in a  nega-
		    tive chroma (default: 1.0)

     halfpack[=f]
	    Convert  planar  YUV 4:2:0 to half-height packed 4:2:2, downsampling
	    luma but keeping all chroma samples.  Useful for output to low-reso-
	    lution display devices when hardware downscaling is poor quality  or
	    is	not  available.  Can also be used as a primitive luma-only dein-
	    terlacer with very low CPU usage.
	       <f>  By default, halfpack averages pairs of lines  when	downsam-
		    pling.   Any  value  different from 0 or 1 gives the default
		    (averaging) behavior.
		       0: Only use even lines when downsampling.
		       1: Only use odd lines when downsampling.

     ilpack[=mode]
	    When interlaced video is stored in YUV 4:2:0 formats, chroma  inter-
	    lacing does not line up properly due to vertical downsampling of the
	    chroma  channels.  This filter packs the planar 4:2:0 data into YUY2
	    (4:2:2) format with the chroma lines in their proper  locations,  so
	    that  in any given scanline, the luma and chroma data both come from
	    the same field.
	       <mode>
		    Select the sampling mode.
		       0: nearest-neighbor sampling, fast but incorrect
		       1: linear interpolation (default)

     harddup
	    Only useful with MEncoder.	If harddup is  used  when  encoding,  it
	    will  force duplicate frames to be encoded in the output.  This uses
	    slightly more space, but is necessary for output to MPEG files or if
	    you plan to demux and remux the video stream after encoding.  Should
	    be placed at or near the end of the filter chain unless you  have  a
	    good reason to do otherwise.

     softskip
	    Only useful with MEncoder.	Softskip moves the frame skipping (drop-
	    ping)  step  of  encoding from before the filter chain to some point
	    during the filter chain.  This allows filters which need to see  all
	    frames  (inverse  telecine,  temporal  denoising,  etc.) to function
	    properly.  Should be placed after the filters which need to see  all
	    frames and before any subsequent filters that are CPU-intensive.

     decimate[=max:hi:lo:frac]
	    Drops  frames  that do not differ greatly from the previous frame in
	    order to reduce framerate.	The main use of this filter is for very-
	    low-bitrate encoding (e.g. streaming  over	dialup	modem),  but  it
	    could  in  theory  be  used  for  fixing  movies  that were inverse-
	    telecined incorrectly.
	       <max>Sets the maximum number of consecutive frames which  can  be
		    dropped  (if  positive),  or  the  minimum	interval between
		    dropped frames (if negative).
	       <hi>,<lo>,<frac>
		    A frame is a candidate for dropping if no 8x8 region differs
		    by more than a threshold of  <hi>,	and  if  not  more  than
		    <frac>  portion  (1 meaning the whole image) differs by more
		    than a threshold of <lo>.  Values of <hi> and <lo>	are  for
		    8x8  pixel	blocks	and represent actual pixel value differ-
		    ences, so a threshold of 64 corresponds to 1 unit of differ-
		    ence for each pixel, or the same spread out differently over
		    the block.

     dint[=sense:level]
	    The drop-deinterlace (dint) filter detects and drops the first  from
	    a set of interlaced video frames.
	       <0.0-1.0>
		    relative  difference  between  neighboring	pixels (default:
		    0.1)
	       <0.0-1.0>
		    What part of the image has to be detected as  interlaced  to
		    drop the frame (default: 0.15).

     lavcdeint (OBSOLETE)
	    FFmpeg deinterlacing filter, same as -vf pp=fd

     lavfi=filtergraph
	    FFmpeg libavfilter wrapper.  filtergraph defines a whole libavfilter
	    graph  with  one  input  and one output.  See http://www.ffmpeg.org/
	    libavfilter.html#SEC4 for details.

	    As a special case, if filtergraph is $word then  the  value  of  the
	    word  environment  variable is used; this is necessary if commas are
	    present in the graph description, as mplayer uses them as  a  delim-
	    iter between filters.

	    NOTE:  This  filter  is  considered  experimental,	it  may interact
	    strangely with other filters.

	    EXAMPLE:
	    overlay="movie=$small_video, scale=160:120	[ca];  [in]  [ca]  over-
	    lay=16:8" mplayer -vf lavfi='$overlay' $big_video

     kerndeint[=thresh[:map[:order[:sharp[:twoway]]]]]
	    Donald  Graft's adaptive kernel deinterlacer.  Deinterlaces parts of
	    a video if a configurable threshold is exceeded.
	       <0-255>
		    threshold (default: 10)
	       <map>
		       0: Ignore pixels exceeding the threshold (default).
		       1: Paint pixels exceeding the threshold white.

	       <order>
		       0: Leave fields alone (default).
		       1: Swap fields.

	       <sharp>
		       0: Disable additional sharpening (default).
		       1: Enable additional sharpening.

	       <twoway>
		       0: Disable twoway sharpening (default).
		       1: Enable twoway sharpening.

     unsharp[=l|cWxH:amount[:l|cWxH:amount]]
	    unsharp mask / gaussian blur

	       l    Apply effect on luma component.

	       c    Apply effect on chroma components.

	       <width>x<height>
		    width and height of the matrix, odd sized in both directions
		    (min = 3x3, max = 13x11 or 11x13, usually something  between
		    3x3 and 7x7)

	       amount
		    Relative  amount  of  sharpness/blur  to add to the image (a
		    sane range should be -1.5-1.5).
		       <0: blur
		       >0: sharpen

     swapuv
	    Swap U & V plane.

     il[=d|i][s][:[d|i][s]]
	    (De)interleaves lines.  The goal of this filter is to add the  abil-
	    ity  to  process  interlaced  images pre-field without deinterlacing
	    them.  You can filter your interlaced DVD and play it on a TV  with-
	    out  breaking  the interlacing.  While deinterlacing (with the post-
	    processing filter) removes interlacing  permanently  (by  smoothing,
	    averaging,	etc)  deinterleaving  splits the frame into 2 fields (so
	    called half pictures), so you can  process	(filter)  them	indepen-
	    dently and then re-interleave them.
	       d    deinterleave (placing one above the other)
	       i    interleave
	       s    swap fields (exchange even & odd lines)

     fil[=i|d]
	    (De)interleaves lines.  This filter is very similar to the il filter
	    but  much  faster,	the main disadvantage is that it does not always
	    work.  Especially if combined with other filters it may produce ran-
	    domly messed up images, so be happy if it works but do not	complain
	    if it does not for your combination of filters.
	       d    Deinterleave fields, placing them side by side.
	       i    Interleave fields again (reversing the effect of fil=d).

     field[=n]
	    Extracts a single field from an interlaced image using stride arith-
	    metic  to avoid wasting CPU time.  The optional argument n specifies
	    whether to extract the even or the odd field (depending on whether n
	    is even or odd).

     detc[=var1=value1:var2=value2:...]
	    Attempts to reverse the 'telecine' process to recover a clean,  non-
	    interlaced	stream	at  film framerate.  This was the first and most
	    primitive inverse telecine filter to be added  to  MPlayer/MEncoder.
	    It	works by latching onto the telecine 3:2 pattern and following it
	    as long as possible.  This makes it suitable for perfectly-telecined
	    material, even in the presence of a fair degree  of  noise,  but  it
	    will  fail in the presence of complex post-telecine edits.	Develop-
	    ment on this filter is no longer taking place, as ivtc, pullup,  and
	    filmdint  are better for most applications.  The following arguments
	    (see syntax above) may be used to control detc's behavior:

	       <dr> Set the frame dropping mode.
		       0: Do not drop frames to maintain fixed output  framerate
		       (default).
		       1:  Always  drop a frame when there have been no drops or
		       telecine merges in the past 5 frames.
		       2: Always maintain exact 5:4 input to output frame ratio.
		       NOTE: Use mode 1 or 2 with MEncoder.

	       <am> Analysis mode.
		       0: Fixed pattern with initial frame number  specified  by
		       <fr>.
		       1: aggressive search for telecine pattern (default)

	       <fr> Set  initial  frame  number  in sequence.  0-2 are the three
		    clean progressive frames; 3 and 4  are  the  two  interlaced
		    frames.   The default, -1, means 'not in telecine sequence'.
		    The number specified here is the type for the imaginary pre-
		    vious frame before the movie starts.

	       <t0>, <t1>, <t2>, <t3>
		    Threshold values to be used in certain modes.

     ivtc[=1]
	    Experimental 'stateless' inverse telecine filter.  Rather than  try-
	    ing  to  lock  on to a pattern like the detc filter does, ivtc makes
	    its decisions independently for each frame.   This	will  give  much
	    better  results  for material that has undergone heavy editing after
	    telecine was applied, but as a result it  is  not  as  forgiving  of
	    noisy  input,  for	example  TV  capture.	The  optional  parameter
	    (ivtc=1) corresponds to the dr=1 option for  the  detc  filter,  and
	    should  be	used  with MEncoder but not with MPlayer.  As with detc,
	    you must specify the correct  output  framerate  (-ofps  24000/1001)
	    when  using  MEncoder.   Further development on ivtc has stopped, as
	    the pullup and filmdint filters appear to be much more accurate.

     pullup[=jl:jr:jt:jb:sb:mp]
	    Third-generation pulldown reversal (inverse telecine) filter,  capa-
	    ble of handling mixed hard-telecine, 24000/1001 fps progressive, and
	    30000/1001	fps  progressive content.  The pullup filter is designed
	    to be much more robust than detc or ivtc, by taking advantage of fu-
	    ture context in making its decisions.  Like ivtc, pullup  is  state-
	    less  in  the  sense that it does not lock onto a pattern to follow,
	    but it instead looks forward to the following  fields  in  order  to
	    identify  matches and rebuild progressive frames.  It is still under
	    development, but believed to be quite accurate.

	       jl, jr, jt, and jb
		    These options set the amount of  "junk"  to  ignore  at  the
		    left,  right,  top,  and  bottom of the image, respectively.
		    Left/right are in units of 8 pixels, while top/bottom are in
		    units of 2 lines.  The default is 8 pixels on each side.

	       sb (strict breaks)
		    Setting this option to 1 will reduce the chances  of  pullup
		    generating	an  occasional mismatched frame, but it may also
		    cause an excessive number of frames  to  be  dropped  during
		    high  motion  sequences.   Conversely, setting it to -1 will
		    make pullup match fields more easily.  This  may  help  pro-
		    cessing  of video where there is slight blurring between the
		    fields, but may also cause there to be interlaced frames  in
		    the output.

	       mp (metric plane)
		    This  option  may be set to 1 or 2 to use a chroma plane in-
		    stead of the luma plane  for  doing  pullup's  computations.
		    This may improve accuracy on very clean source material, but
		    more  likely  will decrease accuracy, especially if there is
		    chroma noise (rainbow effect) or any grayscale  video.   The
		    main  purpose  of  setting mp to a chroma plane is to reduce
		    CPU load and make pullup usable  in  realtime  on  slow  ma-
		    chines.

	    NOTE: Always follow pullup with the softskip filter when encoding to
	    ensure that pullup is able to see each frame.  Failure to do so will
	    lead to incorrect output and will usually crash, due to design limi-
	    tations in the codec/filter layer.

     filmdint[=options]
	    Inverse  telecine filter, similar to the pullup filter above.  It is
	    designed to handle any pulldown pattern, including	mixed  soft  and
	    hard telecine and limited support for movies that are slowed down or
	    sped  up  from their original framerate for TV.  Only the luma plane
	    is used to find the frame breaks.  If a field has no  match,  it  is
	    deinterlaced  with	simple	linear	approximation.	If the source is
	    MPEG-2, this must be the first filter to allow access to the  field-
	    flags  set by the MPEG-2 decoder.  Depending on the source MPEG, you
	    may be fine ignoring this advice, as long as you do not see lots  of
	    "Bottom-first  field"  warnings.  With no options it does normal in-
	    verse telecine, and should	be  used  together  with  mencoder  -fps
	    30000/1001 -ofps 24000/1001.  When this filter is used with MPlayer,
	    it	will  result  in  an uneven framerate during playback, but it is
	    still generally better than using pp=lb or no deinterlacing at  all.
	    Multiple options can be specified separated by /.

	       crop=<w>:<h>:<x>:<y>
		    Just  like	the  crop filter, but faster, and works on mixed
		    hard and soft telecined content as well as when y is  not  a
		    multiple  of 4.  If x or y would require cropping fractional
		    pixels from the chroma planes, the crop  area  is  extended.
		    This usually means that x and y must be even.

	       io=<ifps>:<ofps>
		    For  each  ifps  input  frames  the  filter will output ofps
		    frames.  The ratio of ifps/ofps should match the  -fps/-ofps
		    ratio.   This could be used to filter movies that are broad-
		    cast on TV at a frame rate	different  from  their	original
		    framerate.

	       luma_only=<n>
		    If n is nonzero, the chroma plane is copied unchanged.  This
		    is	useful	for  YV12  sampled TV, which discards one of the
		    chroma fields.

	       mmx2=<n>
		    On x86, if n=1, use MMX2 optimized functions,  if  n=2,  use
		    3DNow!   optimized	functions,  otherwise,	use plain C.  If
		    this option is not specified, MMX2 and 3DNow!  are	auto-de-
		    tected, use this option to override auto-detection.

	       fast=<n>
		    The  larger n will speed up the filter at the expense of ac-
		    curacy.  The default value is n=3.	If n is odd, a frame im-
		    mediately  following   a   frame   marked	with   the   RE-
		    PEAT_FIRST_FIELD  MPEG  flag  is  assumed to be progressive,
		    thus filter will not spend any time on soft-telecined MPEG-2
		    content.  This is the only effect of this flag  if	MMX2  or
		    3DNow!  is	available.  Without MMX2 and 3DNow, if n=0 or 1,
		    the same calculations will be used as with n=2 or 3.  If n=2
		    or 3, the number of luma  levels  used  to	find  the  frame
		    breaks is reduced from 256 to 128, which results in a faster
		    filter without losing much accuracy.  If n=4 or 5, a faster,
		    but much less accurate metric will be used to find the frame
		    breaks,  which is more likely to misdetect high vertical de-
		    tail as interlaced content.

	       verbose=<n>
		    If n is nonzero, print the detailed metrics for each  frame.
		    Useful for debugging.

	       dint_thres=<n>
		    Deinterlace  threshold.   Used  during de-interlacing of un-
		    matched frames.  Larger value means less deinterlacing,  use
		    n=256 to completely turn off deinterlacing.  Default is n=8.

	       comb_thres=<n>
		    Threshold  for  comparing a top and bottom fields.	Defaults
		    to 128.

	       diff_thres=<n>
		    Threshold to detect temporal change of a field.  Default  is
		    128.

	       sad_thres=<n>
		    Sum of Absolute Difference threshold, default is 64.

     softpulldown
	    This  filter works only correct with MEncoder and acts on the MPEG-2
	    flags used for soft 3:2 pulldown (soft telecine).  If  you	want  to
	    use  the  ivtc  or	detc  filter  on  movies  that	are  partly soft
	    telecined, inserting this filter before them should make  them  more
	    reliable.

     divtc[=options]
	    Inverse  telecine for deinterlaced video.  If 3:2-pulldown telecined
	    video has lost one of the fields or is deinterlaced using  a  method
	    that  keeps  one  field  and interpolates the other, the result is a
	    juddering video that has every fourth frame duplicated.  This filter
	    is intended to find and drop those duplicates and restore the origi-
	    nal film framerate.  When using this filter, you must specify  -ofps
	    that  is  4/5  of  the  fps of the input file and place the softskip
	    later in the filter chain to make  sure  that  divtc  sees	all  the
	    frames.  Two different modes are available: One pass mode is the de-
	    fault  and	is straightforward to use, but has the disadvantage that
	    any changes in the telecine phase (lost frames or bad  edits)  cause
	    momentary  judder  until the filter can resync again.  Two pass mode
	    avoids this by analyzing the whole video beforehand so it will  have
	    forward  knowledge about the phase changes and can resync at the ex-
	    act spot.  These passes do not correspond to pass one and two of the
	    encoding process.  You must run an extra pass using divtc  pass  one
	    before  the  actual encoding throwing the resulting video away.  Use
	    -nosound -ovc raw -o /dev/null to avoid wasting CPU power  for  this
	    pass.   You may add something like crop=2:2:0:0 after divtc to speed
	    things up even more.  Then use divtc pass two for the actual  encod-
	    ing.  If you use multiple encoder passes, use divtc pass two for all
	    of them.  The options are:

	       pass=1|2
		    Use two pass mode.

	       file=<filename>
		    Set the two pass log filename (default: "framediff.log").

	       threshold=<value>
		    Set  the minimum strength the telecine pattern must have for
		    the filter to believe in it (default: 0.5).  This is used to
		    avoid recognizing false pattern from the parts of the  video
		    that are very dark or very still.

	       window=<numframes>
		    Set  the number of past frames to look at when searching for
		    pattern (default: 30).  Longer window improves the reliabil-
		    ity of the pattern search, but shorter window  improves  the
		    reaction  time  to	the changes in the telecine phase.  This
		    only affects the one pass mode.  The two pass mode currently
		    uses fixed window that extends to both future and past.

	       phase=0|1|2|3|4
		    Sets the initial telecine phase for one pass mode  (default:
		    0).   The two pass mode can see the future, so it is able to
		    use the correct phase from the beginning, but one pass  mode
		    can  only guess.  It catches the correct phase when it finds
		    it, but this option can be used to fix the possible  judder-
		    ing  at  the beginning.  The first pass of the two pass mode
		    also uses this, so if you save the	output	from  the  first
		    pass, you get constant phase result.

	       deghost=<value>
		    Set  the  deghosting  threshold  (0-255  for  one pass mode,
		    -255-255  for  two	pass  mode,  default  0).   If	nonzero,
		    deghosting	mode  is  used.  This is for video that has been
		    deinterlaced by blending  the  fields  together  instead  of
		    dropping  one  of the fields.  Deghosting amplifies any com-
		    pression artifacts in the blended frames, so  the  parameter
		    value  is  used  as a threshold to exclude those pixels from
		    deghosting that differ from the  previous  frame  less  than
		    specified  value.	If  two pass mode is used, then negative
		    value can be used to make the filter analyze the whole video
		    in the beginning of pass-2 to  determine  whether  it  needs
		    deghosting	or  not  and  then select either zero or the ab-
		    solute value of the  parameter.   Specify  this  option  for
		    pass-2, it makes no difference on pass-1.

     phase[=t|b|p|a|u|T|B|A|U][:v]
	    Delay  interlaced  video  by  one field time so that the field order
	    changes.  The intended use is to fix PAL movies that have been  cap-
	    tured  with  the opposite field order to the film-to-video transfer.
	    The options are:

	       t    Capture field order top-first, transfer bottom-first.   Fil-
		    ter will delay the bottom field.

	       b    Capture bottom-first, transfer top-first.  Filter will delay
		    the top field.

	       p    Capture  and  transfer with the same field order.  This mode
		    only exists for the documentation of the  other  options  to
		    refer  to,	but  if  you actually select it, the filter will
		    faithfully do nothing ;-)

	       a    Capture field order determined automatically by field flags,
		    transfer opposite.	Filter selects among t and b modes on  a
		    frame  by frame basis using field flags.  If no field infor-
		    mation is available, then this works just like u.

	       u    Capture unknown or varying, transfer opposite.   Filter  se-
		    lects  among  t and b on a frame by frame basis by analyzing
		    the images and selecting the alternative that produces  best
		    match between the fields.

	       T    Capture  top-first, transfer unknown or varying.  Filter se-
		    lects among t and p using image analysis.

	       B    Capture bottom-first, transfer unknown or  varying.   Filter
		    selects among b and p using image analysis.

	       A    Capture determined by field flags, transfer unknown or vary-
		    ing.   Filter selects among t, b and p using field flags and
		    image analysis.  If no field information is available,  then
		    this works just like U.  This is the default mode.

	       U    Both  capture  and	transfer unknown or varying.  Filter se-
		    lects among t, b and p using image analysis only.

	       v    Verbose operation.	Prints the selected mode for each  frame
		    and  the average squared difference between fields for t, b,
		    and p alternatives.

     telecine[=start]
	    Apply 3:2 'telecine' process to increase  framerate  by  20%.   This
	    most likely will not work correctly with MPlayer, but it can be used
	    with 'mencoder -fps 30000/1001 -ofps 30000/1001 -vf telecine'.  Both
	    fps options are essential!	(A/V sync will break if they are wrong.)
	    The  optional start parameter tells the filter where in the telecine
	    pattern to start (0-3).

     tinterlace[=mode]
	    Temporal field interlacing - merge pairs of frames	into  an  inter-
	    laced  frame, halving the framerate.  Even frames are moved into the
	    upper field, odd frames to the lower field.  This  can  be	used  to
	    fully  reverse the effect of the tfields filter (in mode 0).  Avail-
	    able modes are:
	       0    Move odd frames into the upper field, even	into  the  lower
		    field, generating a full-height frame at half framerate.
	       1    Only  output odd frames, even frames are dropped; height un-
		    changed.
	       2    Only output even frames, odd frames are dropped; height  un-
		    changed.
	       3    Expand  each  frame  to full height, but pad alternate lines
		    with black; framerate unchanged.
	       4    Interleave even lines from even frames with odd  lines  from
		    odd frames.  Height unchanged at half framerate.

     tfields[=mode[:field_dominance]]
	    Temporal  field  separation - split fields into frames, doubling the
	    output framerate.  Like the telecine filter, tfields might not  work
	    completely	right  unless used with MEncoder and both -fps and -ofps
	    set to the desired (double) framerate!
	       <mode>
		    0: Leave fields unchanged (will jump/flicker).
		    1: Interpolate missing lines. (The algorithm used might  not
		    be so good.)
		    2:	Translate  fields by 1/4 pixel with linear interpolation
		    (no jump).
		    4: Translate fields by 1/4 pixel with  4tap  filter  (higher
		    quality) (default).
	       <field_dominance> (DEPRECATED)
		    -1: auto (default) Only works if the decoder exports the ap-
		    propriate  information  and  no  other filters which discard
		    that information come before tfields in  the  filter  chain,
		    otherwise it falls back to 0 (top field first).
		    0: top field first
		    1: bottom field first
		    NOTE:  This option will possibly be removed in a future ver-
		    sion.  Use -field-dominance instead.

     yadif=[mode[:field_dominance]]
	    Yet another deinterlacing filter
	       <mode>
		    0: Output 1 frame for each frame.
		    1: Output 1 frame for each field.
		    2: Like 0 but skips spatial interlacing check.
		    3: Like 1 but skips spatial interlacing check.
	       <field_dominance> (DEPRECATED)
		    Operates like tfields.
		    NOTE: This option will possibly be removed in a future  ver-
		    sion.  Use -field-dominance instead.

     mcdeint=[mode[:parity[:qp]]]
	    Motion  compensating  deinterlacer.  It needs one field per frame as
	    input and must thus be used together with tfields=1 or yadif=1/3  or
	    equivalent.
	       <mode>
		    0: fast
		    1: medium
		    2: slow, iterative motion estimation
		    3: extra slow, like 2 plus multiple reference frames
	       <parity>
		    0  or  1  selects which field to use (note: no autodetection
		    yet!).
	       <qp> Higher values should result  in  a	smoother  motion  vector
		    field but less optimal individual vectors.

     boxblur=radius:power[:radius:power]
	    box blur
	       <radius>
		    blur filter strength
	       <power>
		    number of filter applications

     sab=radius:pf:colorDiff[:radius:pf:colorDiff]
	    shape adaptive blur
	       <radius>
		    blur filter strength (~0.1-4.0) (slower if larger)
	       <pf> prefilter strength (~0.1-2.0)
	       <colorDiff>
		    maximum  difference  between  pixels  to still be considered
		    (~0.1-100.0)

     smartblur=radius:strength:threshold[:radius:strength:threshold]
	    smart blur
	       <radius>
		    blur filter strength (~0.1-5.0) (slower if larger)
	       <strength>
		    blur (0.0-1.0) or sharpen (-1.0-0.0)
	       <threshold>
		    filter all (0), filter flat areas  (0-30)  or  filter  edges
		    (-30-0)

     perspective=x0:y0:x1:y1:x2:y2:x3:y3:t
	    Correct  the  perspective  of movies not filmed perpendicular to the
	    screen.
	       <x0>,<y0>,...
		    coordinates of the top left, top right, bottom left,  bottom
		    right corners
	       <t>  linear (0) or cubic resampling (1)

     2xsai
	    Scale  and	smooth the image with the 2x scale and interpolate algo-
	    rithm.

     1bpp
	    1bpp bitmap to YUV/BGR 8/15/16/32 conversion

     down3dright[=lines]
	    Reposition and resize stereoscopic	images.   Extracts  both  stereo
	    fields  and  places them side by side, resizing them to maintain the
	    original movie aspect.
	       <lines>
		    number of lines to select from the middle of the image  (de-
		    fault: 12)

     bmovl=hidden:opaque:fifo
	    The  bitmap  overlay  filter  reads bitmaps from a FIFO and displays
	    them on top of the movie, allowing some transformations on	the  im-
	    age.  Also see TOOLS/bmovl-test.c for a small bmovl test program.
	       <hidden>
		    Set  the  default  value  of  the  'hidden' flag (0=visible,
		    1=hidden).
	       <opaque>
		    Set the default value of the 'opaque'  flag  (0=transparent,
		    1=opaque).
	       <fifo>
		    path/filename  for	the FIFO (named pipe connecting 'mplayer
		    -vf bmovl' to the controlling application)

	    FIFO commands are:
	       RGBA32 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
		    followed by width*height*4 Bytes of raw RGBA32 data.
	       ABGR32 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
		    followed by width*height*4 Bytes of raw ABGR32 data.
	       RGB24 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
		    followed by width*height*3 Bytes of raw RGB24 data.
	       BGR24 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
		    followed by width*height*3 Bytes of raw BGR24 data.
	       ALPHA width height xpos ypos alpha
		    Change alpha transparency of the specified area.
	       CLEAR width height xpos ypos
		    Clear area.
	       OPAQUE
		    Disable all alpha transparency.  Send "ALPHA 0 0 0 0  0"  to
		    enable it again.
	       HIDE Hide bitmap.
	       SHOW Show bitmap.

	    Arguments are:
	       <width>, <height>
		    image/area size
	       <xpos>, <ypos>
		    Start blitting at position x/y.
	       <alpha>
		    Set  alpha difference.  If you set this to -255 you can then
		    send a sequence of ALPHA-commands to set the area  to  -225,
		    -200, -175 etc for a nice fade-in-effect! ;)
		       0:    same as original
		       255:  Make everything opaque.
		       -255: Make everything transparent.

	       <clear>
		    Clear the framebuffer before blitting.
		       0:  The image will just be blitted on top of the old one,
		       so you do not need to send 1.8MB  of  RGBA32  data  every
		       time a small part of the screen is updated.
		       1: clear

     framestep=I|[i]step
	    Renders only every nth frame or every intra frame (keyframe).

	    If	you  call  the	filter with I (uppercase) as the parameter, then
	    only keyframes are rendered.  For DVDs it  generally  means  one  in
	    every  15/12  frames (IBBPBBPBBPBBPBB), for AVI it means every scene
	    change or every keyint value (see -lavcopts keyint= value if you use
	    MEncoder to encode the video).

	    When a keyframe is found, an 'I!' string followed by a newline char-
	    acter is printed, leaving the current line of MPlayer/MEncoder  out-
	    put  on  the  screen,  because it contains the time (in seconds) and
	    frame number of the keyframe (You can use this information to  split
	    the AVI.).

	    If you call the filter with a numeric parameter 'step' then only one
	    in every 'step' frames is rendered.

	    If	you  put  an  'i'  (lowercase) before the number then an 'I!' is
	    printed (like the I parameter).

	    If you give only the i then nothing is done to the frames,	only  I!
	    is printed.

     tile=xtiles:ytiles:output:start:delta
	    Tile  a series of images into a single, bigger image.  If you omit a
	    parameter or use a value less than 0,  then  the  default  value  is
	    used.   You  can also stop when you are satisfied (... -vf tile=10:5
	    ...).  It is probably a good idea to put the scale filter before the
	    tile :-)

	    The parameters are:

	       <xtiles>
		    number of tiles on the x axis (default: 5)
	       <ytiles>
		    number of tiles on the y axis (default: 5)
	       <output>
		    Render the tile when 'output' number of frames are	reached,
		    where  'output'  should be a number less than xtile * ytile.
		    Missing tiles are left blank.  You could, for example, write
		    an 8 * 7 tile every 50 frames to have one image every 2 sec-
		    onds @ 25 fps.
	       <start>
		    outer border thickness in pixels (default: 2)
	       <delta>
		    inner border thickness in pixels (default: 4)

     delogo[=x:y:w:h:t]
	    Suppresses a TV station logo by a simple interpolation of  the  sur-
	    rounding  pixels.	Just set a rectangle covering the logo and watch
	    it disappear (and sometimes something  even  uglier  appear  -  your
	    mileage may vary).
	       <x>,<y>
		    top left corner of the logo
	       <w>,<h>
		    width and height of the cleared rectangle
	       <t>  Thickness of the fuzzy edge of the rectangle (added to w and
		    h).   When	set  to  -1,  a  green rectangle is drawn on the
		    screen to simplify finding the right x,y,w,h parameters.
	       file=<file>
		    You can specify a text file to load  the  coordinates  from.
		    Each  line must have a timestamp (in seconds, and in ascend-
		    ing order) and the "x:y:w:h:t" coordinates (t can  be  omit-
		    ted).

     remove-logo=/path/to/logo_bitmap_file_name.pgm
	    Suppresses	a  TV station logo, using a PGM or PPM image file to de-
	    termine which pixels comprise the logo.  The width and height of the
	    image file must match those of the	video  stream  being  processed.
	    Uses  the  filter  image and a circular blur algorithm to remove the
	    logo.

	       /path/to/logo_bitmap_file_name.pgm
		    [path] + filename of the filter image.

     zrmjpeg[=options]
	    Software YV12 to MJPEG encoder for use with the zr2 video output de-
	    vice.

	       maxheight=<h>|maxwidth=<w>
		    These options set the maximum width and height the	zr  card
		    can  handle (the MPlayer filter layer currently cannot query
		    those).

	       {dc10+,dc10,buz,lml33}-{PAL|NTSC}
		    Use these options to set maxwidth  and  maxheight  automati-
		    cally to the values known for card/mode combo.  For example,
		    valid options are: dc10-PAL and buz-NTSC (default: dc10+PAL)

	       color|bw
		    Select  color  or black and white encoding.  Black and white
		    encoding is faster.  Color is the default.

	       hdec={1,2,4}
		    Horizontal decimation 1, 2 or 4.

	       vdec={1,2,4}
		    Vertical decimation 1, 2 or 4.

	       quality=1-20
		    Set JPEG compression quality [BEST] 1 - 20 [VERY BAD].

	       fd|nofd
		    By default, decimation is only performed if the Zoran  hard-
		    ware  can upscale the resulting MJPEG images to the original
		    size.  The option fd instructs the filter to always  perform
		    the requested decimation (ugly).

     screenshot=prefix
	    Allows  acquiring screenshots of the movie using slave mode commands
	    that can be bound to keypresses.  See the slave  mode  documentation
	    and  the  INTERACTIVE CONTROL section for details.	By default files
	    named 'shotNNNN.png' will be saved in the working  directory,  using
	    the  first available number - no files will be overwritten.  Specify
	    a  prefix  to  change  the	name  or  location,  e.g.   -vf  screen-
	    shot=shots/now  will  save	the  files  in	the directory shots with
	    nowNNNN.png as name.  The filter has no overhead when not  used  and
	    accepts an arbitrary colorspace, so it is safe to add it to the con-
	    figuration	file.  Make sure that the screenshot filter is added af-
	    ter all other filters whose effect you want to record on  the  saved
	    image.  E.g. it should be the last filter if you want to have an ex-
	    act screenshot of what you see on the monitor.

     ass
	    Moves SSA/ASS subtitle rendering to an arbitrary point in the filter
	    chain.  Only useful with the -ass option.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -vf ass,screenshot
		    Moves   SSA/ASS  rendering	before	the  screenshot  filter.
		    Screenshots taken this way will contain subtitles.

     blackframe[=amount:threshold]
	    Detect frames that are (almost) completely black.  Can be useful  to
	    detect  chapter transitions or commercials.  Output lines consist of
	    the frame number of the detected frame, the percentage of blackness,
	    the frame  type  and  the  frame  number  of  the  last  encountered
	    keyframe.

	       <amount>
		    Percentage of the pixels that have to be below the threshold
		    (default: 98).

	       <threshold>
		    Threshold below which a pixel value is considered black (de-
		    fault: 32).

     stereo3d[=in:out]
	    Stereo3d converts between different stereoscopic image formats.

	       <in> Stereoscopic image format of input. Possible values:
		    sbsl or side_by_side_left_first
			   side  by  side  parallel  (left  eye  left, right eye
			   right)
		    sbsr or side_by_side_right_first
			   side by side  crosseye  (right  eye	left,  left  eye
			   right)
		    sbs2l or side_by_side_half_width_left_first
			   side  by  side  with  half width resolution (left eye
			   left, right eye right)
		    sbs2r or side_by_side_half_width_right_first
			   side by side with half width  resolution  (right  eye
			   left, left eye right)
		    abl or above_below_left_first
			   above-below (left eye above, right eye below)
		    abl or above_below_right_first
			   above-below (right eye above, left eye below)
		    ab2l or above_below_half_height_left_first
			   above-below	with  half  height  resolution (left eye
			   above, right eye below)
		    ab2r or above_below_half_height_right_first
			   above-below with half height  resolution  (right  eye
			   above, left eye below)

	       <out>Stereoscopic image format of output. Possible values are all
		    the input formats as well as:
		    arcg or anaglyph_red_cyan_gray
			   anaglyph  red/cyan gray (red filter on left eye, cyan
			   filter on right eye)
		    arch or anaglyph_red_cyan_half_color
			   anaglyph red/cyan half colored (red	filter	on  left
			   eye, cyan filter on right eye)
		    arcc or anaglyph_red_cyan_color
			   anaglyph red/cyan color (red filter on left eye, cyan
			   filter on right eye)
		    arcd or anaglyph_red_cyan_dubois
			   anaglyph  red/cyan  color  optimized  with  the least
			   squares projection of dubois (red filter on left eye,
			   cyan filter on right eye)
		    agmg or anaglyph_green_magenta_gray
			   anaglyph green/magenta gray	(green	filter	on  left
			   eye, magenta filter on right eye)
		    agmh or anaglyph_green_magenta_half_color
			   anaglyph  green/magenta half colored (green filter on
			   left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
		    agmc or anaglyph_green_magenta_color
			   anaglyph green/magenta colored (green filter on  left
			   eye, magenta filter on right eye)
		    aybg or anaglyph_yellow_blue_gray
			   anaglyph yellow/blue gray (yellow filter on left eye,
			   blue filter on right eye)
		    aybh or anaglyph_yellow_blue_half_color
			   anaglyph  yellow/blue  half colored (yellow filter on
			   left eye, blue filter on right eye)
		    aybc or anaglyph_yellow_blue_color
			   anaglyph yellow/blue colored (yellow filter	on  left
			   eye, blue filter on right eye)
		    irl or interleave_rows_left_first
			   Interleaved	rows  (left  eye  has top row, right eye
			   starts on next row)
		    irr or interleave_rows_right_first
			   Interleaved rows (right eye has  top  row,  left  eye
			   starts on next row)
		    ml or mono_left
			   mono output (left eye only)
		    mr or mono_right
			   mono output (right eye only)
	       NOTE:  To  use  either  of the interleaved-rows output formats to
	       display full-screen on a row-interleaved  3D  display,  you  will
	       need  to  scale	the  video to the correct height first using the
	       "scale" filter, if it is not already  the  right  height.   Typi-
	       cally,	 that	 is    1080    rows    (so    use   e.g.    "-vf
	       scale=1440:1080,stereo3d=sbsl:irl" for a  720p  side-by-side  en-
	       coded movie).

     gradfun[=strength[:radius]]
	    Fix  the banding artifacts that are sometimes introduced into nearly
	    flat regions by truncation to  8bit  colordepth.   Interpolates  the
	    gradients that should go where the bands are, and dithers them.

	    This  filter  is designed for playback only.  Do not use it prior to
	    lossy compression, because compression tends to lose the dither  and
	    bring back the bands.

	       <strength>
		    Maximum  amount  by  which	the  filter  will change any one
		    pixel.  Also the threshold for detecting nearly flat regions
		    (default: 1.2).

	       <radius>
		    Neighborhood to fit the gradient to.   Larger  radius  makes
		    for  smoother  gradients,  but also prevents the filter from
		    modifying pixels near detailed regions (default: 16).

     fixpts[=options]
	    Fixes the presentation timestamps (PTS) of the frames.  By	default,
	    the  PTS passed to the next filter is dropped, but the following op-
	    tions can change that:

	       printPrint the incoming PTS.

	       fps=<fps>
		    Specify a frame per second value.

	       start=<pts>
		    Specify an initial value for the PTS.

	       autostart=<n>
		    Uses the nth incoming PTS as the initial PTS.  All	previous
		    PTS  are  kept,  so setting a huge value or -1 keeps the PTS
		    intact.

	       autofps=<n>
		    Uses the nth incoming PTS after the end of autostart to  de-
		    termine the framerate.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -vf fixpts=fps=24000/1001,ass,fixpts
		    Generates  a new sequence of PTS, uses it for ASS subtitles,
		    then drops it.  Generating a new sequence is useful when the
		    timestamps are reset during the program; this is frequent on
		    DVDs.  Dropping it may be necessary to avoid  confusing  en-
		    coders.

	    NOTE: Using this filter together with any sort of seeking (including
	    -ss and EDLs) may make demons fly out of your nose.

GENERAL ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)
     -audio-delay <any floating-point number>
	    Delays  either audio or video by setting a delay field in the header
	    (default: 0.0).  This does not delay either stream	while  encoding,
	    but  the player will see the delay field and compensate accordingly.
	    Positive values delay the  audio,  and  negative  values  delay  the
	    video.   Note  that this is the exact opposite of the -delay option.
	    For example, if a video plays correctly with -delay 0.2, you can fix
	    the video with MEncoder by using -audio-delay -0.2.

	    Currently, this option only works with the default muxer (-of  avi).
	    If	you  are  using  a different muxer, then you must use -delay in-
	    stead.

     -audio-density <1-50>
	    Number of audio chunks per second (default is 2 for 0.5s long  audio
	    chunks).
	    NOTE:  CBR	only,  VBR  ignores this as it puts each packet in a new
	    chunk.

     -audio-preload <0.0-2.0>
	    Sets up the audio buffering time interval (default: 0.5s).

     -fafmttag <format>
	    Can be used to override the audio format tag of the output file.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -fafmttag 0x55
		    Will have the output file contain 0x55 (mp3) as audio format
		    tag.

     -ffourcc <fourcc>
	    Can be used to override the video fourcc of the output file.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -ffourcc div3
		    Will have the output file contain 'div3' as video fourcc.

     -force-avi-aspect <0.2-3.0>
	    Override the aspect stored in the AVI OpenDML vprp header.	This can
	    be used to change the aspect ratio with '-ovc copy'.

     -frameno-file <filename> (DEPRECATED)
	    Specify the name of the audio file with framenumber mappings created
	    in the first (audio only) pass of  a  special  three  pass	encoding
	    mode.
	    NOTE:  Using this mode will most likely give you A-V desync.  Do not
	    use it.  It is kept for backwards compatibility only and will possi-
	    bly be removed in a future version.

     -hr-edl-seek
	    Use a more precise, but much slower method for skipping areas.   Ar-
	    eas  marked for skipping are not seeked over, instead all frames are
	    decoded, but only the necessary frames  are  encoded.   This  allows
	    starting at non-keyframe boundaries.
	    NOTE: Not guaranteed to work right with '-ovc copy'.

     -info <option1:option2:...> (AVI only)
	    Specify the info header of the resulting AVI file.

	    Available options are:

	       help Show this description.

	       name=<value>
		    title of the work

	       artist=<value>
		    artist or author of the work

	       genre=<value>
		    original work category

	       subject=<value>
		    contents of the work

	       copyright=<value>
		    copyright information

	       srcform=<value>
		    original format of the digitized material

	       comment=<value>
		    general comments about the work

     -noautoexpand
	    Do not automatically insert the expand filter into the MEncoder fil-
	    ter  chain.   Useful  to  control at which point of the filter chain
	    subtitles are rendered when hardcoding subtitles onto a movie.

     -noencodedups
	    Do not attempt to encode duplicate frames in duplicate; always  out-
	    put  zero-byte frames to indicate duplicates.  Zero-byte frames will
	    be written anyway unless a filter or encoder capable of doing dupli-
	    cate encoding is loaded.  Currently the only such filter is harddup.

     -noodml (-of avi only)
	    Do not write OpenDML index for AVI files >1GB.

     -noskip
	    Do not skip frames.

     -o <filename>
	    Outputs to the given filename.
	    If you want a default output filename, you can put	this  option  in
	    the MEncoder config file.

     -oac <codec name>
	    Encode with the given audio codec (no default set).
	    NOTE: Use -oac help to get a list of available audio codecs.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -oac copy
		    no encoding, just streamcopy
	       -oac pcm
		    Encode to uncompressed PCM.
	       -oac mp3lame
		    Encode to MP3 (using LAME).
	       -oac lavc
		    Encode with a libavcodec codec.

     -of <format> (BETA CODE!)
	    Encode to the specified container format (default: AVI).
	    NOTE: Use -of help to get a list of available container formats.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -of avi
		    Encode to AVI.
	       -of mpeg
		    Encode to MPEG (also see -mpegopts).
	       -of lavf
		    Encode with libavformat muxers (also see -lavfopts).
	       -of rawvideo
		    raw video stream (no muxing - one video stream only)
	       -of rawaudio
		    raw audio stream (no muxing - one audio stream only)

     -ofps <fps>
	    Specify  a	frames per second (fps) value for the output file, which
	    can be different from that of the source material.	Must be set  for
	    variable  fps  (ASF,  some	MOV)  and  progressive	(30000/1001  fps
	    telecined MPEG) files.

     -ovc <codec name>
	    Encode with the given video codec (no default set).
	    NOTE: Use -ovc help to get a list of available video codecs.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       -ovc copy
		    no encoding, just streamcopy
	       -ovc raw
		    Encode to an arbitrary uncompressed format (use '-vf format'
		    to select).
	       -ovc lavc
		    Encode with a libavcodec codec.

     -passlogfile <filename>
	    Dump first pass information to <filename>  instead	of  the  default
	    divx2pass.log in two pass encoding mode.

     -skiplimit <value>
	    Specify  the  maximum number of frames that may be skipped after en-
	    coding one frame (-noskiplimit for unlimited).

     -vobsubout <basename>
	    Specify the basename for the output .idx and .sub files.  This turns
	    off subtitle rendering in the encoded movie and diverts it to VOBsub
	    subtitle files.

     -vobsuboutid <langid>
	    Specify the language two letter code for the subtitles.  This  over-
	    rides what is read from the DVD or the .ifo file.

     -vobsuboutindex <index>
	    Specify the index of the subtitles in the output files (default: 0).

     -force-key-frames <time>,<time>,...
	    Force  key frames at the specified timestamps, more precisely at the
	    first frame after each specified time.

	    This option can be used to ensure that a seek point is present at  a
	    chapter mark or any other designated place in the output file.

	    The timestamps must be specified in ascending order.

	    Since  MEncoder does not send timestamps along the filter chain, you
	    probably need to use the fixpts filter for this option to work.

	    Not all codecs support forced key  frames.	 Currently,  support  is
	    only implemented for the following encoders: lavc, x264, xvid.

CODEC SPECIFIC ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)
     You can specify codec specific encoding parameters using the following syn-
     tax:

     -<codec>opts <option1[=value1]:option2[=value2]:...>

     Where  <codec> may be: lavc, xvidenc, mp3lame, toolame, twolame, nuv, xvfw,
     faac, x264enc, mpeg, lavf.

   mp3lame (-lameopts)
     help
	    get help

     vbr=<0-4>
	    variable bitrate method
	       0    cbr
	       1    mt
	       2    rh (default)
	       3    abr
	       4    mtrh

     abr
	    average bitrate

     cbr
	    constant bitrate Also forces CBR mode  encoding  on  subsequent  ABR
	    presets modes.

     br=<0-1024>
	    bitrate in kbps (CBR and ABR only)

     q=<0-9>
	    quality (0 - highest, 9 - lowest) (VBR only)

     aq=<0-9>
	    algorithmic quality (0 - best/slowest, 9 - worst/fastest)

     ratio=<1-100>
	    compression ratio

     vol=<0-10>
	    audio input gain

     mode=<0-3>
	    (default: auto)
	       0    stereo
	       1    joint-stereo
	       2    dualchannel
	       3    mono

     padding=<0-2>
	       0    none
	       1    all
	       2    adjust

     fast
	    Switch on faster encoding on subsequent VBR presets modes.	This re-
	    sults in slightly lower quality and higher bitrates.

     highpassfreq=<freq>
	    Set  a  highpass  filtering  frequency in Hz.  Frequencies below the
	    specified one will be cut off.  A value of -1 will	disable  filter-
	    ing, a value of 0 will let LAME choose values automatically.

     lowpassfreq=<freq>
	    Set  a  lowpass  filtering	frequency  in Hz.  Frequencies above the
	    specified one will be cut off.  A value of -1 will	disable  filter-
	    ing, a value of 0 will let LAME choose values automatically.

     preset=<value>
	    preset values

	       help Print  additional options and information about presets set-
		    tings.

	       medium
		    VBR encoding, good quality, 150-180 kbps bitrate range

	       standard
		    VBR encoding, high quality, 170-210 kbps bitrate range

	       extreme
		    VBR encoding, very high quality, 200-240 kbps bitrate range

	       insane
		    CBR encoding, highest preset quality, 320 kbps bitrate

	       <8-320>
		    ABR encoding at average given kbps bitrate

	    EXAMPLES:
	       fast:preset=standard
		    suitable for most people and most music  types  and  already
		    quite high quality
	       cbr:preset=192
		    Encode  with  ABR  presets at a 192 kbps forced constant bi-
		    trate.
	       preset=172
		    Encode with ABR presets at a 172 kbps average bitrate.
	       preset=extreme
		    for people with extremely good hearing and similar equipment

   toolame and twolame (-toolameopts and -twolameopts respectively)
     br=<32-384>
	    In CBR mode this parameter indicates the bitrate in  kbps,	when  in
	    VBR mode it is the minimum bitrate allowed per frame.  VBR mode will
	    not work with a value below 112.

     vbr=<-50-50> (VBR only)
	    variability  range;  if  negative the encoder shifts the average bi-
	    trate towards the lower limit, if positive towards the higher.  When
	    set to 0 CBR is used (default).

     maxvbr=<32-384> (VBR only)
	    maximum bitrate allowed per frame, in kbps

     mode=<stereo | jstereo | mono | dual>
	    (default: mono for 1-channel audio, stereo otherwise)

     psy=<-1-4>
	    psychoacoustic model (default: 2)

     errprot=<0 | 1>
	    Include error protection.

     debug=<0-10>
	    debug level

   faac (-faacopts)
     br=<bitrate>
	    average bitrate in kbps (mutually exclusive with quality)

     quality=<1-1000>
	    quality mode, the higher the better (mutually exclusive with br)

     object=<1-4>
	    object type complexity
	       1    MAIN (default)
	       2    LOW
	       3    SSR
	       4    LTP (extremely slow)

     mpeg=<2|4>
	    MPEG version (default: 4)

     tns
	    Enables temporal noise shaping.

     cutoff=<0-sampling_rate/2>
	    cutoff frequency (default: sampling_rate/2)

     raw
	    Stores the bitstream as raw payload with extradata in the  container
	    header  (default:  0, corresponds to ADTS).  Do not set this flag if
	    not explicitly required or you will not be able to remux  the  audio
	    stream later on.

   lavc (-lavcopts)
     Many  libavcodec (lavc for short) options are tersely documented.	Read the
     source for full details.

     EXAMPLE:
	       vcodec=msmpeg4:vbitrate=1800:vhq:keyint=250

     o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
	    Pass AVOptions to libavcodec encoder.  Note, a patch to make the  o=
	    unneeded and pass all unknown options through the AVOption system is
	    welcome.   A  full list of AVOptions can be found in the FFmpeg man-
	    ual.  Note that some AVOptions may conflict with MEncoder options.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       o=bt=100k

     acodec=<value>
	    audio codec (default: mp2)
	       ac3  Dolby Digital (AC-3)
	       adpcm_*
		    Adaptive PCM formats - see the HTML  documentation	for  de-
		    tails.
	       flac Free Lossless Audio Codec (FLAC)
	       g726 G.726 ADPCM
	       libfaac
		    Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) - using FAAC
	       libmp3lame
		    MPEG-1 audio layer 3 (MP3) - using LAME
	       mp2  MPEG-1 audio layer 2 (MP2)
	       pcm_*PCM formats - see the HTML documentation for details.
	       roq_dpcm
		    Id Software RoQ DPCM
	       sonicexperimental simple lossy codec
	       sonicls
		    experimental simple lossless codec
	       vorbis
		    Vorbis
	       wmav1Windows Media Audio v1
	       wmav2Windows Media Audio v2

     abitrate=<value>
	    audio bitrate in kbps (default: 224)

     atag=<value>
	    Use the specified Windows audio format tag (e.g. atag=0x55).

     bit_exact
	    Use only bit exact algorithms (except (I)DCT).  Additionally bit_ex-
	    act  disables several optimizations and thus should only be used for
	    regression tests, which need binary identical files even if the  en-
	    coder version changes.  This also suppresses the user_data header in
	    MPEG-4 streams.  Do not use this option unless you know exactly what
	    you are doing.

     threads=<1-16>
	    Maximum  number  of  threads to use (default: 1).  May have a slight
	    negative effect on motion estimation.

     vcodec=<value>
	    Employ the specified codec (default: mpeg4).
	       asv1 ASUS Video v1
	       asv2 ASUS Video v2
	       dvvideo
		    Sony Digital Video
	       ffv1 FFmpeg's lossless video codec
	       ffvhuff
		    nonstandard 20% smaller HuffYUV using YV12
	       flv  Sorenson H.263 used in Flash Video
	       h261 H.261
	       h263 H.263
	       h263pH.263+
	       huffyuv
		    HuffYUV
	       libtheora
		    Theora
	       libx264
		    x264 H.264/AVC MPEG-4 Part 10
	       libxvid
		    Xvid MPEG-4 Part 2 (ASP)
	       ljpegLossless JPEG
	       mjpegMotion JPEG
	       mpeg1video
		    MPEG-1 video
	       mpeg2video
		    MPEG-2 video
	       mpeg4MPEG-4 (DivX 4/5)
	       msmpeg4
		    DivX 3
	       msmpeg4v2
		    MS MPEG4v2
	       roqvideo
		    ID Software RoQ Video
	       rv10 an old RealVideo codec
	       snow (also see: vstrict)
		    FFmpeg's experimental wavelet-based codec
	       svq1 Apple Sorenson Video 1
	       wmv1 Windows Media Video, version 1 (AKA WMV7)
	       wmv2 Windows Media Video, version 2 (AKA WMV8)

     vqmin=<1-31>
	    minimum quantizer

	       1    Not recommended (much larger file, little quality difference
		    and weird side effects: msmpeg4, h263 will be very low qual-
		    ity, ratecontrol will be confused resulting in lower quality
		    and some decoders will not be able to decode it).

	       2    Recommended for normal mpeg4/mpeg1video encoding (default).

	       3    Recommended for h263(p)/msmpeg4.  The reason for  preferring
		    3  over  2 is that 2 could lead to overflows.  (This will be
		    fixed for h263(p) by changing the quantizer per  MB  in  the
		    future,  msmpeg4  cannot  be  fixed  as  it does not support
		    that.)

     lmin=<0.01-255.0>
	    Minimum frame-level Lagrange multiplier  for  ratecontrol  (default:
	    2.0).   Lavc  will	rarely	use  quantizers below the value of lmin.
	    Lowering lmin will make lavc more likely to choose lower  quantizers
	    for  some  frames, but not lower than the value of vqmin.  Likewise,
	    raising lmin will make lavc less likely to	choose	low  quantizers,
	    even  if  vqmin  would  have allowed them.	You probably want to set
	    lmin approximately equal to vqmin.	When adaptive quantization is in
	    use,  changing  lmin/lmax  may  have  less	 of   an   effect;   see
	    mblmin/mblmax.

     lmax=<0.01-255.0>
	    maximum Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol (default: 31.0)

     mblmin=<0.01-255.0>
	    Minimum  macroblock-level  Lagrange  multiplier for ratecontrol (de-
	    fault:2.0).  This parameter affects  adaptive  quantization  options
	    like qprd, lumi_mask, etc..

     mblmax=<0.01-255.0>
	    Maximum  macroblock-level  Lagrange  multiplier for ratecontrol (de-
	    fault: 31.0).

     vqscale=<0-31>
	    Constant quantizer / constant quality encoding (selects fixed  quan-
	    tizer  mode).   A  lower value means better quality but larger files
	    (default: -1).  In case of snow codec, value 0 means lossless encod-
	    ing.  Since the other codecs do not  support  this,  vqscale=0  will
	    have  an  undefined effect.  1 is not recommended (see vqmin for de-
	    tails).

     vqmax=<1-31>
	    Maximum quantizer, 10-31 should be a sane range (default: 31).

     vqdiff=<1-31>
	    maximum quantizer difference between consecutive I- or P-frames (de-
	    fault: 3)

     vmax_b_frames=<0-4>
	    maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames:
	       0    no B-frames (default)
	       0-2  sane range for MPEG-4

     vme=<0-5>
	    motion estimation method.  Available methods are:
	       0    none (very low quality)
	       1    full (slow, currently unmaintained and disabled)
	       2    log (low quality, currently unmaintained and disabled)
	       3    phods (low quality, currently unmaintained and disabled)
	       4    EPZS: size=1 diamond, size can be adjusted with the *dia op-
		    tions (default)
	       5    X1 (experimental, currently aliased to EPZS)
	       8    iter (iterative overlapped block, only used in snow)

	    NOTE: 0-3 currently ignores the amount of bits spent, so quality may
	    be low.

     me_range=<0-9999>
	    motion estimation search range (default: 0 (unlimited))

     mbd=<0-2> (also see *cmp, qpel)
	    Macroblock decision algorithm (high quality mode), encode each macro
	    block in all modes and choose the best.  This is slow but results in
	    better quality and file size.  When mbd is set to 1 or 2, the  value
	    of	mbcmp  is ignored when comparing macroblocks (the mbcmp value is
	    still used in other places though, in particular the  motion  search
	    algorithms).   If  any  comparison	setting (precmp, subcmp, cmp, or
	    mbcmp) is nonzero, however, a  slower  but	better	half-pel  motion
	    search  will  be used, regardless of what mbd is set to.  If qpel is
	    set, quarter-pel motion search will be used regardless.
	       0    Use comparison function given by mbcmp (default).
	       1    Select the MB mode which needs the fewest bits (=vhq).
	       2    Select the MB mode which has the best rate distortion.

     vhq
	    Same as mbd=1, kept for compatibility reasons.

     v4mv
	    Allow 4 motion vectors per	macroblock  (slightly  better  quality).
	    Works better if used with mbd>0.

     obmc
	    overlapped block motion compensation (H.263+)

     loop
	    loop filter (H.263+) note, this is broken

     keyint=<0-300>
	    maximum  interval  between	keyframes in frames (default: 250 or one
	    keyframe every ten seconds in a 25fps movie.   This  is  the  recom-
	    mended  default  for MPEG-4).  Most codecs require regular keyframes
	    in order to limit the accumulation of mismatch error.  Keyframes are
	    also needed for seeking, as seeking is only possible to a keyframe -
	    but keyframes need more space than other frames, so  larger  numbers
	    here  mean	slightly  smaller  files but less precise seeking.  0 is
	    equivalent to 1, which makes every frame a	keyframe.   Values  >300
	    are  not  recommended as the quality might be bad depending upon de-
	    coder, encoder and luck.  It is common for MPEG-1/2  to  use  values
	    <=30.

     sc_threshold=<-1000000000-1000000000>
	    Threshold  for  scene  change  detection.  A keyframe is inserted by
	    libavcodec when it detects a scene change.	You can specify the sen-
	    sitivity of the detection with this option.  -1000000000 means there
	    is a scene change detected at every frame, 1000000000 means no scene
	    changes are detected (default: 0).

     sc_factor=<any positive integer>
	    Causes frames with higher quantizers to be more likely to trigger  a
	    scene  change detection and make libavcodec use an I-frame (default:
	    1).  1-16 is a sane range.	Values between 2 and  6  may  yield  in-
	    creasing  PSNR (up to approximately 0.04 dB) and better placement of
	    I-frames in high-motion scenes.  Higher values than 6 may give  very
	    slightly  better PSNR (approximately 0.01 dB more than sc_factor=6),
	    but noticeably worse visual quality.

     vb_strategy=<0-2> (pass one only)
	    strategy to choose between I/P/B-frames:
	       0    Always use the maximum number of B-frames (default).
	       1    Avoid B-frames in high motion scenes.  See the b_sensitivity
		    option to tune this strategy.
	       2    Places B-frames more or  less  optimally  to  yield  maximum
		    quality  (slower).	 You may want to reduce the speed impact
		    of this option by tuning the option brd_scale.

     b_sensitivity=<any integer greater than 0>
	    Adjusts how sensitively vb_strategy=1 detects motion and avoids  us-
	    ing B-frames (default: 40).  Lower sensitivities will result in more
	    B-frames.	Using  more B-frames usually improves PSNR, but too many
	    B-frames can hurt quality in high-motion scenes.  Unless there is an
	    extremely high amount of motion, b_sensitivity can safely be lowered
	    below the default; 10 is a reasonable value in most cases.

     brd_scale=<0-10>
	    Downscales frames for dynamic B-frame decision (default:  0).   Each
	    time brd_scale is increased by one, the frame dimensions are divided
	    by	two,  which improves speed by a factor of four.  Both dimensions
	    of the fully downscaled frame must be even numbers,  so  brd_scale=1
	    requires   the   original	dimensions  to	be  multiples  of  four,
	    brd_scale=2 requires multiples of eight, etc.  In other  words,  the
	    dimensions	 of  the  original  frame  must  both  be  divisible  by
	    2^(brd_scale+1) with no remainder.

     bidir_refine=<0-4>
	    Refine the two motion vectors  used  in  bidirectional  macroblocks,
	    rather than re-using vectors from the forward and backward searches.
	    This option has no effect without B-frames.
	       0    Disabled (default).
	       1-4  Use a wider search (larger values are slower).

     vpass=<1-3>
	    Activates internal two (or more) pass mode, only specify if you wish
	    to use two (or more) pass encoding.
	       1    first pass (also see turbo)
	       2    second pass
	       3    Nth pass (second and subsequent passes of N-pass encoding)
	    Here is how it works, and how to use it:
	    The first pass (vpass=1) writes the statistics file.  You might want
	    to deactivate some CPU-hungry options, like "turbo" mode does.
	    In	two  pass  mode,  the second pass (vpass=2) reads the statistics
	    file and bases ratecontrol decisions on it.
	    In N-pass mode, the second pass (vpass=3, that is not a  typo)  does
	    both:  It  first  reads  the  statistics, then overwrites them.  You
	    might want to backup divx2pass.log before doing this if there is any
	    possibility that you will have to cancel MEncoder.	You can use  all
	    encoding options, except very CPU-hungry options like "qns".
	    You can run this same pass over and over to refine the encode.  Each
	    subsequent	pass  will  use the statistics from the previous pass to
	    improve.  The final pass can include  any  CPU-hungry  encoding  op-
	    tions.
	    If you want a 2 pass encode, use first vpass=1, and then vpass=2.
	    If	you want a 3 or more pass encode, use vpass=1 for the first pass
	    and then vpass=3 and then vpass=3 again and again until you are sat-
	    isfied with the encode.

	    huffyuv:
	       pass 1
		    Saves statistics.
	       pass 2
		    Encodes with an optimal Huffman table based upon  statistics
		    from the first pass.

     turbo (two pass only)
	    Dramatically  speeds  up  pass  one using faster algorithms and dis-
	    abling CPU-intensive options.  This will probably reduce global PSNR
	    a little bit (around 0.01dB) and change individual	frame  type  and
	    PSNR a little bit more (up to 0.03dB).

     aspect=<x/y>
	    Store  movie  aspect  internally,  just  like with MPEG files.  Much
	    nicer than	rescaling,  because  quality  is  not  decreased.   Only
	    MPlayer  will play these files correctly, other players will display
	    them with wrong aspect.  The aspect parameter can be given as a  ra-
	    tio or a floating point number.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       aspect=16/9 or aspect=1.78

     autoaspect
	    Same as the aspect option, but automatically computes aspect, taking
	    into  account  all	the adjustments (crop/expand/scale/etc.) made in
	    the filter chain.  Does not incur a performance penalty, so you  can
	    safely leave it always on.

     vbitrate=<value>
	    Specify bitrate (default: 800).
	    WARNING: 1kbit = 1000 bits
	       4-16000
		    (in kbit)
	       16001-24000000
		    (in bit)

     vratetol=<value>
	    approximated  file	size  tolerance  in kbit.  1000-100000 is a sane
	    range.  (warning: 1kbit = 1000 bits) (default: 8000)
	    NOTE: vratetol should not be too large during  the	second	pass  or
	    there might be problems if vrc_(min|max)rate is used.

     vrc_maxrate=<value>
	    maximum bitrate in kbit/sec (default: 0, unlimited)

     vrc_minrate=<value>
	    minimum bitrate in kbit/sec (default: 0, unlimited)

     vrc_buf_size=<value>
	    buffer size in kbit For MPEG-1/2 this also sets the vbv buffer size,
	    use 327 for VCD, 917 for SVCD and 1835 for DVD.

     vrc_buf_aggressivity
	    currently useless

     vrc_strategy
	    Ratecontrol method.  Note that some of the ratecontrol-affecting op-
	    tions will have no effect if vrc_strategy is not set to 0.
	       0    Use internal lavc ratecontrol (default).
	       1    Use  Xvid ratecontrol (experimental; requires MEncoder to be
		    compiled with support for Xvid 1.1 or higher).

     vb_qfactor=<-31.0-31.0>
	    quantizer factor between B- and non-B-frames (default: 1.25)

     vi_qfactor=<-31.0-31.0>
	    quantizer factor between I- and non-I-frames (default: 0.8)

     vb_qoffset=<-31.0-31.0>
	    quantizer offset between B- and non-B-frames (default: 1.25)

     vi_qoffset=<-31.0-31.0>
	    (default: 0.0)
	    if v{b|i}_qfactor > 0
	    I/B-frame  quantizer  =  P-frame  quantizer   *   v{b|i}_qfactor   +
	    v{b|i}_qoffset
	    else
	    do	normal	ratecontrol  (do not lock to next P-frame quantizer) and
	    set q= -q * v{b|i}_qfactor + v{b|i}_qoffset
	    HINT: To do constant quantizer encoding  with  different  quantizers
	    for   I/P-	 and   B-frames  you  can  use:  lmin=	<ip_quant>:lmax=
	    <ip_quant>:vb_qfactor= <b_quant/ip_quant>.

     vqblur=<0.0-1.0> (pass one)
	    Quantizer blur (default: 0.5), larger values will average the  quan-
	    tizer more over time (slower change).
	       0.0  Quantizer blur disabled.
	       1.0  Average the quantizer over all previous frames.

     vqblur=<0.0-99.0> (pass two)
	    Quantizer  gaussian  blur (default: 0.5), larger values will average
	    the quantizer more over time (slower change).

     vqcomp=<0.0-1.0>
	    Quantizer compression, vrc_eq  depends  upon  this	(default:  0.5).
	    NOTE:  Perceptual  quality	will be optimal somewhere in between the
	    range's extremes.

     vrc_eq=<equation>
	    main ratecontrol equation

	       1+(tex/avgTex-1)*qComp
		    approximately the equation of the old ratecontrol code

	       tex^qComp
		    with qcomp 0.5 or something like that (default)

	    infix operators:

	       +,-,*,/,^

	    variables:

	       tex  texture complexity

	       iTex,pTex
		    intra, non-intra texture complexity

	       avgTex
		    average texture complexity

	       avgIITex
		    average intra texture complexity in I-frames

	       avgPITex
		    average intra texture complexity in P-frames

	       avgPPTex
		    average non-intra texture complexity in P-frames

	       avgBPTex
		    average non-intra texture complexity in B-frames

	       mv   bits used for motion vectors

	       fCodemaximum length of motion vector in log2 scale

	       iCount
		    number of intra macroblocks / number of macroblocks

	       var  spatial complexity

	       mcVartemporal complexity

	       qCompqcomp from the command line

	       isI, isP, isB
		    Is 1 if picture type is I/P/B else 0.

	       Pi,E See your favorite math book.

	    functions:

	       max(a,b),min(a,b)
		    maximum / minimum

	       gt(a,b)
		    is 1 if a>b, 0 otherwise

	       lt(a,b)
		    is 1 if a<b, 0 otherwise

	       eq(a,b)
		    is 1 if a==b, 0 otherwise

	       sin, cos, tan, sinh, cosh, tanh, exp, log, abs

     vrc_override=<options>
	    User specified quality for specific parts  (ending,  credits,  ...).
	    The   options  are	<start-frame>,	<end-frame>,  <quality>[/<start-
	    frame>, <end-frame>, <quality>[/...]]:
	       quality (2-31)
		    quantizer
	       quality (-500-0)
		    quality correction in %

     vrc_init_cplx=<0-1000>
	    initial complexity (pass 1)

     vrc_init_occupancy=<0.0-1.0>
	    initial buffer occupancy, as a fraction  of  vrc_buf_size  (default:
	    0.9)

     vqsquish=<0|1>
	    Specify how to keep the quantizer between qmin and qmax.
	       0    Use clipping.
	       1    Use a nice differentiable function (default).

     vlelim=<-1000-1000>
	    Sets  single coefficient elimination threshold for luminance.  Nega-
	    tive values will also consider the	DC  coefficient  (should  be  at
	    least -4 or lower for encoding at quant=1):
	       0    disabled (default)
	       -4   JVT recommendation

     vcelim=<-1000-1000>
	    Sets single coefficient elimination threshold for chrominance.  Neg-
	    ative  values  will  also  consider the DC coefficient (should be at
	    least -4 or lower for encoding at quant=1):
	       0    disabled (default)
	       7    JVT recommendation

     vstrict=<-2|-1|0|1>
	    strict standard compliance
	       0    disabled
	       1    Only recommended if you want to feed  the  output  into  the
		    MPEG-4 reference decoder.
	       -1   Allow libavcodec specific extensions (default).
	       -2   Enables  experimental  codecs  and features which may not be
		    playable with future MPlayer versions (snow).

     vdpart
	    Data partitioning.	Adds 2 Bytes per video packet,	improves  error-
	    resistance	when transferring over unreliable channels (e.g. stream-
	    ing over the internet).  Each video packet will be encoded in 3 sep-
	    arate partitions:
	       1. MVs
		    movement
	       2. DC coefficients
		    low res picture
	       3. AC coefficients
		    details
	    MV & DC are most important, losing them looks far worse than  losing
	    the  AC  and  the 1. & 2. partition.  (MV & DC) are far smaller than
	    the 3. partition (AC) meaning that errors will hit the AC  partition
	    much more often than the MV & DC partitions.  Thus, the picture will
	    look  better with partitioning than without, as without partitioning
	    an error will trash AC/DC/MV equally.

     vpsize=<0-10000> (also see vdpart)
	    Video packet size, improves error-resistance.
	       0    disabled (default)
	       100-1000
		    good choice

     ss
	    slice structured mode for H.263+

     gray
	    grayscale only encoding (faster)

     vfdct=<0-10>
	    DCT algorithm
	       0    Automatically select a good one (default).
	       1    fast integer
	       2    accurate integer
	       3    MMX
	       4    mlib
	       5    AltiVec
	       6    floating point AAN

     idct=<0-99>
	    IDCT algorithm
	    NOTE: To the best of our knowledge	all  these  IDCTs  do  pass  the
	    IEEE1180 tests.
	       0    Automatically select a good one (default).
	       1    JPEG reference integer
	       2    simple
	       3    simplemmx
	       4    libmpeg2mmx (inaccurate, do not use for encoding with keyint
		    >100)
	       5    ps2
	       6    mlib
	       7    arm
	       8    AltiVec
	       9    sh4
	       10   simplearm
	       11   H.264
	       12   VP3
	       13   IPP
	       14   xvidmmx
	       15   CAVS
	       16   simplearmv5te
	       17   simplearmv6

     lumi_mask=<0.0-1.0>
	    Luminance  masking	is a 'psychosensory' setting that is supposed to
	    make use of the fact that the human eye tends to  notice  fewer  de-
	    tails  in  very bright parts of the picture.  Luminance masking com-
	    presses bright areas stronger than medium ones, so it will save bits
	    that can be spent again on other frames, raising overall  subjective
	    quality, while possibly reducing PSNR.
	    WARNING:  Be  careful,  overly  large  values  can	cause disastrous
	    things.
	    WARNING: Large values might look good on some monitors but may  look
	    horrible on other monitors.
	       0.0  disabled (default)
	       0.0-0.3
		    sane range

     dark_mask=<0.0-1.0>
	    Darkness  masking  is  a 'psychosensory' setting that is supposed to
	    make use of the fact that the human eye tends to  notice  fewer  de-
	    tails  in  very  dark  parts  of the picture.  Darkness masking com-
	    presses dark areas stronger than medium ones, so it will  save  bits
	    that  can be spent again on other frames, raising overall subjective
	    quality, while possibly reducing PSNR.
	    WARNING: Be  careful,  overly  large  values  can  cause  disastrous
	    things.
	    WARNING:  Large values might look good on some monitors but may look
	    horrible on other monitors / TV / TFT.
	       0.0  disabled (default)
	       0.0-0.3
		    sane range

     tcplx_mask=<0.0-1.0>
	    Temporal complexity masking (default: 0.0  (disabled)).   Imagine  a
	    scene  with  a  bird  flying across the whole scene; tcplx_mask will
	    raise the quantizers of  the  bird's  macroblocks  (thus  decreasing
	    their  quality),  as the human eye usually does not have time to see
	    all the bird's details.  Be warned that if the masked  object  stops
	    (e.g.  the bird lands) it is likely to look horrible for a short pe-
	    riod of time, until the encoder figures out that the object  is  not
	    moving  and  needs	refined blocks.  The saved bits will be spent on
	    other parts of the video, which  may  increase  subjective	quality,
	    provided that tcplx_mask is carefully chosen.

     scplx_mask=<0.0-1.0>
	    Spatial  complexity masking.  Larger values help against blockiness,
	    if no deblocking filter is used for decoding, which is maybe  not  a
	    good idea.
	    Imagine a scene with grass (which usually has great spatial complex-
	    ity),  a  blue sky and a house; scplx_mask will raise the quantizers
	    of the grass' macroblocks, thus decreasing its quality, in order  to
	    spend more bits on the sky and the house.
	    HINT:  Crop  any  black  borders  completely as they will reduce the
	    quality of the macroblocks (also applies without scplx_mask).
	       0.0  disabled (default)
	       0.0-0.5
		    sane range

	    NOTE: This setting does not have the same effect as using  a  custom
	    matrix  that  would  compress high frequencies harder, as scplx_mask
	    will reduce the quality of P blocks even if  only  DC  is  changing.
	    The result of scplx_mask will probably not look as good.

     p_mask=<0.0-1.0> (also see vi_qfactor)
	    Reduces the quality of inter blocks.  This is equivalent to increas-
	    ing  the  quality  of intra blocks, because the same average bitrate
	    will be distributed by the rate controller to the  whole  video  se-
	    quence (default: 0.0 (disabled)).  p_mask=1.0 doubles the bits allo-
	    cated to each intra block.

     border_mask=<0.0-1.0>
	    border-processing  for  MPEG-style	encoders.  Border processing in-
	    creases the quantizer for macroblocks which are less than  1/5th  of
	    the  frame	width/height  away from the frame border, since they are
	    often visually less important.

     naq
	    Normalize adaptive quantization (experimental).  When using adaptive
	    quantization (*_mask), the average per-MB quantizer  may  no  longer
	    match  the requested frame-level quantizer.  Naq will attempt to ad-
	    just the per-MB quantizers to maintain the proper average.

     ildct
	    Use interlaced DCT.

     ilme
	    Use interlaced motion estimation (mutually exclusive with qpel).

     alt
	    Use alternative scantable.

     top=<-1-1>
	       -1   automatic
	       0    bottom field first
	       1    top field first

     format=<value>
	       YV12 default
	       444P for ffv1
	       422P for HuffYUV, lossless JPEG, dv and ffv1
	       411P for lossless JPEG, dv and ffv1
	       YVU9 for lossless JPEG, ffv1 and svq1
	       BGR32for lossless JPEG and ffv1

     pred
	    (for HuffYUV)
	       0    left prediction
	       1    plane/gradient prediction
	       2    median prediction

     pred
	    (for lossless JPEG)
	       0    left prediction
	       1    top prediction
	       2    topleft prediction
	       3    plane/gradient prediction
	       6    mean prediction

     coder
	    (for ffv1)
	       0    vlc coding (Golomb-Rice)
	       1    arithmetic coding (CABAC)

     context
	    (for ffv1)
	       0    small context model
	       1    large context model

	    (for ffvhuff)
	       0    predetermined Huffman tables (builtin or two pass)
	       1    adaptive Huffman tables

     qpel
	    Use quarter pel motion compensation (mutually exclusive with ilme).
	    HINT: This seems only useful for high bitrate encodings.

     mbcmp=<0-2000>
	    Sets the comparison function for the macroblock decision,  has  only
	    an	effect if mbd=0.  This is also used for some motion search func-
	    tions, in which case it has an effect regardless of mbd setting.
	       0 (SAD)
		    sum of absolute differences, fast (default)
	       1 (SSE)
		    sum of squared errors
	       2 (SATD)
		    sum of absolute Hadamard transformed differences
	       3 (DCT)
		    sum of absolute DCT transformed differences
	       4 (PSNR)
		    sum of squared quantization errors (avoid, low quality)
	       5 (BIT)
		    number of bits needed for the block
	       6 (RD)
		    rate distortion optimal, slow
	       7 (ZERO)
		    0
	       8 (VSAD)
		    sum of absolute vertical differences
	       9 (VSSE)
		    sum of squared vertical differences
	       10 (NSSE)
		    noise preserving sum of squared differences
	       11 (W53)
		    5/3 wavelet, only used in snow
	       12 (W97)
		    9/7 wavelet, only used in snow
	       +256 Also use chroma, currently does not work (correctly) with B-
		    frames.

     ildctcmp=<0-2000>
	    Sets the comparison function for interlaced DCT decision (see  mbcmp
	    for available comparison functions).

     precmp=<0-2000>
	    Sets  the  comparison  function  for motion estimation pre pass (see
	    mbcmp for available comparison functions) (default: 0).

     cmp=<0-2000>
	    Sets the comparison function for full  pel	motion	estimation  (see
	    mbcmp for available comparison functions) (default: 0).

     subcmp=<0-2000>
	    Sets  the  comparison  function  for  sub pel motion estimation (see
	    mbcmp for available comparison functions) (default: 0).

     skipcmp=<0-2000>
	    FIXME: Document this.

     nssew=<0-1000000>
	    This setting controls NSSE weight, where larger weights will  result
	    in	more noise.  0 NSSE is identical to SSE You may find this useful
	    if you prefer to keep some noise in your encoded video  rather  than
	    filtering it away before encoding (default: 8).

     predia=<-99-6>
	    diamond type and size for motion estimation pre-pass

     dia=<-99-6>
	    Diamond  type & size for motion estimation.  Motion search is an it-
	    erative process.  Using a small diamond does not limit the search to
	    finding only small motion vectors.	It is just somewhat more  likely
	    to	stop before finding the very best motion vector, especially when
	    noise is involved.	Bigger diamonds allow a  wider	search	for  the
	    best motion vector, thus are slower but result in better quality.
	    Big normal diamonds are better quality than shape-adaptive diamonds.
	    Shape-adaptive  diamonds are a good tradeoff between speed and qual-
	    ity.
	    NOTE: The sizes of the normal diamonds and shape  adaptive	ones  do
	    not have the same meaning.

	       -3   shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 3

	       -2   shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 2

	       -1   uneven multi-hexagon search (slow)

	       1    normal size=1 diamond (default) =EPZS type diamond
			  0
			 000
			  0

	       2    normal size=2 diamond
			  0
			 000
			00000
			 000
			  0

     trell
	    Trellis  searched quantization.  This will find the optimal encoding
	    for each 8x8 block.  Trellis searched quantization is  quite  simply
	    an	optimal  quantization in the PSNR versus bitrate sense (Assuming
	    that there would be no rounding errors introduced by the IDCT, which
	    is obviously not the case.).  It simply finds a block for the  mini-
	    mum of error and lambda*bits.
	       lambda
		    quantization parameter (QP) dependent constant
	       bits amount of bits needed to encode the block
	       errorsum of squared errors of the quantization

     cbp
	    Rate  distorted  optimal coded block pattern.  Will select the coded
	    block pattern which minimizes distortion +	lambda*rate.   This  can
	    only be used together with trellis quantization.

     mv0
	    Try to encode each MB with MV=<0,0> and choose the better one.  This
	    has no effect if mbd=0.

     mv0_threshold=<any non-negative integer>
	    When  surrounding motion vectors are <0,0> and the motion estimation
	    score of the current block is less than mv0_threshold, <0,0> is used
	    for the motion vector and further motion estimation is skipped  (de-
	    fault: 256).  Lowering mv0_threshold to 0 can give a slight (0.01dB)
	    PSNR increase and possibly make the encoded video look slightly bet-
	    ter;  raising  mv0_threshold past 320 results in diminished PSNR and
	    visual quality.  Higher values speed up encoding very slightly (usu-
	    ally less than 1%, depending on the other options used).
	    NOTE: This option does not require mv0 to be enabled.

     qprd (mbd=2 only)
	    rate distorted optimal quantization parameter  (QP)  for  the  given
	    lambda of each macroblock

     last_pred=<0-99>
	    amount of motion predictors from the previous frame
	       0    (default)
	       a    Will use 2a+1 x 2a+1 macroblock square of motion vector pre-
		    dictors from the previous frame.

     preme=<0-2>
	    motion estimation pre-pass
	       0    disabled
	       1    only after I-frames (default)
	       2    always

     subq=<1-8>
	    subpel refinement quality (for qpel) (default: 8 (high quality))
	    NOTE: This has a significant effect on speed.

     refs=<1-8>
	    number of reference frames to consider for motion compensation (Snow
	    only) (default: 1)

     psnr
	    print  the PSNR (peak signal to noise ratio) for the whole video af-
	    ter encoding and store the per frame PSNR in a file with a name like
	    'psnr_hhmmss.log'.	Returned values are in dB (decibel), the  higher
	    the better.

     mpeg_quant
	    Use MPEG quantizers instead of H.263.

     aic
	    Enable  AC	prediction  for  MPEG-4 or advanced intra prediction for
	    H.263+.  This will improve quality very  slightly  (around	0.02  dB
	    PSNR) and slow down encoding very slightly (about 1%).
	    NOTE: vqmin should be 8 or larger for H.263+ AIC.

     aiv
	    alternative inter vlc for H.263+

     umv
	    unlimited MVs (H.263+ only) Allows encoding of arbitrarily long MVs.

     ibias=<-256-256>
	    intra  quantizer bias (256 equals 1.0, MPEG style quantizer default:
	    96, H.263 style quantizer default: 0)
	    NOTE: The H.263 MMX quantizer cannot  handle  positive  biases  (set
	    vfdct=1  or 2), the MPEG MMX quantizer cannot handle negative biases
	    (set vfdct=1 or 2).

     pbias=<-256-256>
	    inter quantizer bias (256 equals 1.0, MPEG style quantizer	default:
	    0, H.263 style quantizer default: -64)
	    NOTE:  The	H.263  MMX  quantizer cannot handle positive biases (set
	    vfdct=1 or 2), the MPEG MMX quantizer cannot handle negative  biases
	    (set vfdct=1 or 2).
	    HINT:  A  more positive bias (-32 - -16 instead of -64) seems to im-
	    prove the PSNR.

     nr=<0-100000>
	    Noise reduction, 0 means disabled.	0-600 is a useful range for typ-
	    ical content, but you may want to turn it up a  bit  more  for  very
	    noisy  content  (default:  0).  Given its small impact on speed, you
	    might want to prefer to use this  over  filtering  noise  away  with
	    video filters like denoise3d or hqdn3d.

     qns=<0-3>
	    Quantizer  noise shaping.  Rather than choosing quantization to most
	    closely match the source video in the PSNR sense, it chooses quanti-
	    zation such that noise (usually ringing) will be masked by	similar-
	    frequency  content	in  the image.	Larger values are slower but may
	    not result in better quality.  This can and should be used	together
	    with  trellis  quantization,  in which case the trellis quantization
	    (optimal for constant weight) will be used as startpoint for the it-
	    erative search.
	       0    disabled (default)
	       1    Only lower the absolute value of coefficients.
	       2    Only change coefficients before the  last  non-zero  coeffi-
		    cient + 1.
	       3    Try all.

     inter_matrix=<comma separated matrix>
	    Use  custom  inter	matrix.  It needs a comma separated string of 64
	    integers.

     intra_matrix=<comma separated matrix>
	    Use custom intra matrix.  It needs a comma separated  string  of  64
	    integers.

     vqmod_amp
	    experimental quantizer modulation

     vqmod_freq
	    experimental quantizer modulation

     dc
	    intra   DC	 precision   in  bits  (default:  8).	If  you  specify
	    vcodec=mpeg2video this value can be 8, 9, 10 or 11.

     cgop (also see sc_threshold)
	    Close all GOPs.  Currently it only works if scene  change  detection
	    is disabled (sc_threshold=1000000000).

     gmc
	    Enable Global Motion Compensation.

     (no)lowdelay
	    Sets the low delay flag for MPEG-1/2 (disables B-frames).

     vglobal=<0-3>
	    Control writing global video headers.
	       0    Codec decides where to write global headers (default).
	       1    Write   global   headers   only  in  extradata  (needed  for
		    .mp4/MOV/NUT).
	       2    Write global headers only in front of keyframes.
	       3    Combine 1 and 2.

     aglobal=<0-3>
	    Same as vglobal for audio headers.

     level=<value>
	    Set CodecContext Level.  Use 31 or 41 to play video on a Playstation
	    3.

     skip_exp=<0-1000000>
	    FIXME: Document this.

     skip_factor=<0-1000000>
	    FIXME: Document this.

     skip_threshold=<0-1000000>
	    FIXME: Document this.

   nuv (-nuvopts)
     Nuppel video is based on RTJPEG and LZO.  By default frames are  first  en-
     coded  with RTJPEG and then compressed with LZO, but it is possible to dis-
     able either or both of the two passes.  As a result, you can in fact output
     raw i420, LZO compressed  i420,  RTJPEG,  or  the	default  LZO  compressed
     RTJPEG.
     NOTE:  The nuvrec documentation contains some advice and examples about the
     settings to use for the most common TV encodings.

     c=<0-20>
	    chrominance threshold (default: 1)

     l=<0-20>
	    luminance threshold (default: 1)

     lzo
	    Enable LZO compression (default).

     nolzo
	    Disable LZO compression.

     q=<3-255>
	    quality level (default: 255)

     raw
	    Disable RTJPEG encoding.

     rtjpeg
	    Enable RTJPEG encoding (default).

   xvidenc (-xvidencopts)
     There are three modes available: constant bitrate	(CBR),	fixed  quantizer
     and two pass.

     pass=<1|2>
	    Specify the pass in two pass mode.

     turbo (two pass only)
	    Dramatically  speeds  up  pass  one using faster algorithms and dis-
	    abling CPU-intensive options.  This will probably reduce global PSNR
	    a little bit and change individual frame type and PSNR a little  bit
	    more.

     bitrate=<value> (CBR or two pass mode)
	    Sets  the  bitrate	to be used in kbits/second if <16000 or in bits/
	    second if >16000.  If <value> is negative, Xvid  will  use	its  ab-
	    solute value as the target size (in kBytes) of the video and compute
	    the associated bitrate automagically (default: 687 kbits/s).

     fixed_quant=<1-31>
	    Switch to fixed quantizer mode and specify the quantizer to be used.

     zones=<zone0>[/<zone1>[/...]] (CBR or two pass mode)
	    User  specified  quality  for specific parts (ending, credits, ...).
	    Each zone is <start-frame>,<mode>,<value> where <mode> may be
	       q    Constant quantizer override, where	value=<2.0-31.0>  repre-
		    sents the quantizer value.
	       w    Ratecontrol  weight override, where value=<0.01-2.00> repre-
		    sents the quality correction in %.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       zones=90000,q,20
		    Encodes all frames starting with  frame  90000  at	constant
		    quantizer 20.
	       zones=0,w,0.1/10001,w,1.0/90000,q,20
		    Encode frames 0-10000 at 10% bitrate, encode frames 90000 up
		    to	the  end at constant quantizer 20.  Note that the second
		    zone is needed to delimit the  first  zone,  as  without  it
		    everything	up until frame 89999 would be encoded at 10% bi-
		    trate.

     me_quality=<0-6>
	    This option controls the motion estimation	subsystem.   The  higher
	    the  value,  the more precise the estimation should be (default: 6).
	    The more precise the motion estimation is,	the  more  bits  can  be
	    saved.   Precision	is gained at the expense of CPU time so decrease
	    this setting if you need realtime encoding.

     (no)qpel
	    MPEG-4 uses a half pixel precision for its motion search by default.
	    The standard proposes a mode where encoders are allowed to use quar-
	    ter pixel precision.  This option usually results in a  sharper  im-
	    age.   Unfortunately  it has a great impact on bitrate and sometimes
	    the higher bitrate use will prevent it from giving	a  better  image
	    quality  at  a fixed bitrate.  It is better to test with and without
	    this option and see whether it is worth activating.

     (no)gmc
	    Enable Global Motion Compensation, which makes Xvid generate special
	    frames (GMC-frames) which are well suited for Pan/Zoom/Rotating  im-
	    ages.   Whether  or  not  the  use	of this option will save bits is
	    highly dependent on the source material.

     (no)trellis
	    Trellis Quantization is a kind of adaptive quantization method  that
	    saves  bits  by  modifying	quantized coefficients to make them more
	    compressible by the entropy encoder.  Its impact on quality is good,
	    and if VHQ uses too much CPU for you, this setting can be a good al-
	    ternative to save a few bits (and gain quality at fixed bitrate)  at
	    a lesser cost than with VHQ (default: on).

     (no)cartoon
	    Activate this if your encoded sequence is an anime/cartoon.  It mod-
	    ifies  some  Xvid internal thresholds so Xvid takes better decisions
	    on frame types and motion vectors for flat looking cartoons.

     (no)chroma_me
	    The usual motion estimation algorithm uses only the luminance infor-
	    mation to find the best motion vector.  However for some video mate-
	    rial, using the chroma planes can help find  better  vectors.   This
	    setting  toggles the use of chroma planes for motion estimation (de-
	    fault: on).

     (no)chroma_opt
	    Enable a chroma optimizer prefilter.  It will do some extra magic on
	    color information to minimize the stepped-stairs  effect  on  edges.
	    It	will  improve quality at the cost of encoding speed.  It reduces
	    PSNR by nature, as the mathematical deviation to the  original  pic-
	    ture  will	get bigger, but the subjective image quality will raise.
	    Since it works with color information, you might want to turn it off
	    when encoding in grayscale.

     (no)hq_ac
	    Activates high-quality  prediction	of  AC	coefficients  for  intra
	    frames from neighbor blocks (default: on).

     vhq=<0-4>
	    The  motion search algorithm is based on a search in the usual color
	    domain and tries to find a motion vector that minimizes the  differ-
	    ence  between  the reference frame and the encoded frame.  With this
	    setting activated, Xvid will also use the frequency domain (DCT)  to
	    search  for a motion vector that minimizes not only the spatial dif-
	    ference but also the encoding length of the block.	Fastest to slow-
	    est:
	       0    off
	       1    mode decision (inter/intra MB) (default)
	       2    limited search
	       3    medium search
	       4    wide search

     (no)lumi_mask
	    Adaptive quantization allows the macroblock quantizers to  vary  in-
	    side each frame.  This is a 'psychosensory' setting that is supposed
	    to make use of the fact that the human eye tends to notice fewer de-
	    tails  in  very  bright and very dark parts of the picture.  It com-
	    presses those areas more strongly than medium ones, which will  save
	    bits  that	can be spent again on other frames, raising overall sub-
	    jective quality and possibly reducing PSNR.

     (no)grayscale
	    Make Xvid discard chroma planes so the encoded  video  is  grayscale
	    only.   Note  that this does not speed up encoding, it just prevents
	    chroma data from being written in the last stage of encoding.

     (no)interlacing
	    Encode the fields of interlaced video material.  Turn this option on
	    for interlaced content.
	    NOTE: Should you rescale the video, you  would  need  an  interlace-
	    aware     resizer,	  which    you	  can	 activate    with    -vf
	    scale=<width>:<height>:1.

     min_iquant=<0-31>
	    minimum I-frame quantizer (default: 2)

     max_iquant=<0-31>
	    maximum I-frame quantizer (default: 31)

     min_pquant=<0-31>
	    minimum P-frame quantizer (default: 2)

     max_pquant=<0-31>
	    maximum P-frame quantizer (default: 31)

     min_bquant=<0-31>
	    minimum B-frame quantizer (default: 2)

     max_bquant=<0-31>
	    maximum B-frame quantizer (default: 31)

     min_key_interval=<value> (two pass only)
	    minimum interval between keyframes (default: 0)

     max_key_interval=<value>
	    maximum interval between keyframes (default: 10*fps)

     quant_type=<h263|mpeg>
	    Sets the type of quantizer to use.	For high bitrates, you will find
	    that MPEG quantization preserves more detail.  For low bitrates, the
	    smoothing of H.263 will give you less block noise.	When using  cus-
	    tom matrices, MPEG quantization must be used.

     quant_intra_matrix=<filename>
	    Load  a  custom  intra  matrix file.  You can build such a file with
	    xvid4conf's matrix editor.

     quant_inter_matrix=<filename>
	    Load a custom inter matrix file.  You can build  such  a  file  with
	    xvid4conf's matrix editor.

     keyframe_boost=<0-1000> (two pass mode only)
	    Shift some bits from the pool for other frame types to intra frames,
	    thus  improving  keyframe quality.	This amount is an extra percent-
	    age, so a value of 10 will give your keyframes 10%	more  bits  than
	    normal (default: 0).

     kfthreshold=<value> (two pass mode only)
	    Works  together  with  kfreduction.  Determines the minimum distance
	    below which you consider that two frames are considered  consecutive
	    and treated differently according to kfreduction (default: 10).

     kfreduction=<0-100> (two pass mode only)
	    The  above	two settings can be used to adjust the size of keyframes
	    that you consider too close to the first (in  a  row).   kfthreshold
	    sets  the  range in which keyframes are reduced, and kfreduction de-
	    termines the bitrate reduction they get.  The last I-frame will  get
	    treated normally (default: 30).

     max_bframes=<0-4>
	    Maximum number of B-frames to put between I/P-frames (default: 2).

     bquant_ratio=<0-1000>
	    quantizer ratio between B- and non-B-frames, 150=1.50 (default: 150)

     bquant_offset=<-1000-1000>
	    quantizer  offset  between	B-  and non-B-frames, 100=1.00 (default:
	    100)

     bf_threshold=<-255-255>
	    This setting allows you to specify what priority to place on the use
	    of B-frames.  The higher the value, the higher the probability of B-
	    frames being used (default: 0).  Do not forget that B-frames usually
	    have a higher quantizer, and therefore aggressive production  of  B-
	    frames may cause worse visual quality.

     (no)closed_gop
	    This option tells Xvid to close every GOP (Group Of Pictures bounded
	    by	two  I-frames),  which	makes  GOPs independent from each other.
	    This just implies that the last frame of the GOP is either a P-frame
	    or a N-frame but not a B-frame.  It is usually a good idea	to  turn
	    this option on (default: on).

     (no)packed
	    This  option  is  meant to solve frame-order issues when encoding to
	    container formats  like  AVI  that	cannot	cope  with  out-of-order
	    frames.  In practice, most decoders (both software and hardware) are
	    able  to deal with frame-order themselves, and may get confused when
	    this option is turned on, so you can safely leave if off, unless you
	    really know what you are doing.
	    WARNING: This will generate an illegal bitstream, and  will  not  be
	    decodable by ISO-MPEG-4 decoders except DivX/libavcodec/Xvid.
	    WARNING: This will also store a fake DivX version in the file so the
	    bug autodetection of some decoders might be confused.

     frame_drop_ratio=<0-100> (max_bframes=0 only)
	    This  setting  allows  the	creation  of  variable	framerate  video
	    streams.  The value of  the  setting  specifies  a	threshold  under
	    which,  if	the  difference  of  the following frame to the previous
	    frame is below or equal to this threshold, a frame gets not coded (a
	    so called n-vop is placed in the stream).  On playback, when  reach-
	    ing an n-vop the previous frame will be displayed.
	    WARNING:  Playing  with this setting may result in a jerky video, so
	    use it at your own risks!

     rc_reaction_delay_factor=<value>
	    This parameter controls the number of frames the CBR rate controller
	    will wait before reacting to bitrate changes  and  compensating  for
	    them to obtain a constant bitrate over an averaging range of frames.

     rc_averaging_period=<value>
	    Real  CBR  is hard to achieve.  Depending on the video material, bi-
	    trate can be variable, and hard to predict.  Therefore Xvid uses  an
	    averaging period for which it guarantees a given amount of bits (mi-
	    nus  a  small  variation).	 This  settings expresses the "number of
	    frames" for which Xvid averages bitrate and tries to achieve CBR.

     rc_buffer=<value>
	    size of the rate control buffer

     curve_compression_high=<0-100>
	    This setting allows Xvid to take a certain percentage of  bits  away
	    from  high	bitrate  scenes and give them back to the bit reservoir.
	    You could also use this if you have a clip with so many  bits  allo-
	    cated  to  high-bitrate scenes that the low(er)-bitrate scenes start
	    to look bad (default: 0).

     curve_compression_low=<0-100>
	    This setting allows Xvid to give a certain percentage of extra  bits
	    to	the  low bitrate scenes, taking a few bits from the entire clip.
	    This might come in handy if you have a few low-bitrate  scenes  that
	    are still blocky (default: 0).

     overflow_control_strength=<0-100>
	    During pass one of two pass encoding, a scaled bitrate curve is com-
	    puted.   The  difference  between that expected curve and the result
	    obtained during encoding is called	overflow.   Obviously,	the  two
	    pass rate controller tries to compensate for that overflow, distrib-
	    uting  it  over  the next frames.  This setting controls how much of
	    the overflow is distributed every time there is a  new  frame.   Low
	    values  allow lazy overflow control, big rate bursts are compensated
	    for more slowly (could lead to lack of precision for  small  clips).
	    Higher  values  will make changes in bit redistribution more abrupt,
	    possibly too abrupt if you set it too high, creating artifacts  (de-
	    fault: 5).
	    NOTE: This setting impacts quality a lot, play with it carefully!

     max_overflow_improvement=<0-100>
	    During  the  frame bit allocation, overflow control may increase the
	    frame size.  This parameter  specifies  the  maximum  percentage  by
	    which  the	overflow  control is allowed to increase the frame size,
	    compared to the ideal curve allocation (default: 5).

     max_overflow_degradation=<0-100>
	    During the frame bit allocation, overflow control may  decrease  the
	    frame  size.   This  parameter  specifies  the maximum percentage by
	    which the overflow control is allowed to decrease  the  frame  size,
	    compared to the ideal curve allocation (default: 5).

     container_frame_overhead=<0...>
	    Specifies a frame average overhead per frame, in bytes.  Most of the
	    time users express their target bitrate for video w/o taking care of
	    the  video	container  overhead.   This  small but (mostly) constant
	    overhead can cause the target file size to be exceeded.  Xvid allows
	    users to set the amount of overhead per frame the  container  gener-
	    ates  (give only an average per frame).  0 has a special meaning, it
	    lets Xvid use its own default values  (default:  24  -  AVI  average
	    overhead).

     profile=<profile_name>
	    Restricts options and VBV (peak bitrate over a short period) accord-
	    ing to the Simple, Advanced Simple and DivX profiles.  The resulting
	    videos  should  be	playable on standalone players adhering to these
	    profile specifications.
	       unrestricted
		    no restrictions (default)
	       sp0  simple profile at level 0
	       sp1  simple profile at level 1
	       sp2  simple profile at level 2
	       sp3  simple profile at level 3
	       sp4a
		    simple profile at level 4a
	       sp5  simple profile at level 5
	       sp6  simple profile at level 6
	       asp0 advanced simple profile at level 0
	       asp1 advanced simple profile at level 1
	       asp2 advanced simple profile at level 2
	       asp3 advanced simple profile at level 3
	       asp4 advanced simple profile at level 4
	       asp5 advanced simple profile at level 5
	       dxnhandheld
		    DXN handheld profile
	       dxnportntsc
		    DXN portable NTSC profile
	       dxnportpal
		    DXN portable PAL profile
	       dxnhtntsc
		    DXN home theater NTSC profile
	       dxnhtpal
		    DXN home theater PAL profile
	       dxnhdtv
		    DXN HDTV profile
	    NOTE: These profiles should be used in conjunction with an appropri-
	    ate -ffourcc.  Generally DX50 is applicable, as some players do  not
	    recognize Xvid but most recognize DivX.

     par=<mode>
	    Specifies  the Pixel Aspect Ratio mode (not to be confused with DAR,
	    the Display Aspect Ratio).	PAR is the ratio of the width and height
	    of a single pixel.	So both are related  like  this:  DAR  =  PAR  *
	    (width/height).
	    MPEG-4  defines  5	pixel aspect ratios and one extended one, giving
	    the opportunity to specify a specific pixel aspect ratio.	5  stan-
	    dard modes can be specified:
	       vga11It	is  the  usual	PAR for PC content.  Pixels are a square
		    unit.
	       pal43PAL standard 4:3 PAR.  Pixels are rectangles.
	       pal169
		    same as above
	       ntsc43
		    same as above
	       ntsc169
		    same as above (Do not forget to give the exact ratio.)
	       ext  Allows you to specify  your  own  pixel  aspect  ratio  with
		    par_width and par_height.
	    NOTE: In general, setting aspect and autoaspect options is enough.

     par_width=<1-255> (par=ext only)
	    Specifies the width of the custom pixel aspect ratio.

     par_height=<1-255> (par=ext only)
	    Specifies the height of the custom pixel aspect ratio.

     aspect=<x/y | f (float value)>
	    Store movie aspect internally, just like MPEG files.  Much nicer so-
	    lution  than  rescaling,  because quality is not decreased.  MPlayer
	    and a few others players will play	these  files  correctly,  others
	    will  display  them with the wrong aspect.	The aspect parameter can
	    be given as a ratio or a floating point number.

     (no)autoaspect
	    Same as the aspect option, but automatically computes aspect, taking
	    into account all the adjustments  (crop/expand/scale/etc.)	made  in
	    the filter chain.

     psnr
	    Print  the PSNR (peak signal to noise ratio) for the whole video af-
	    ter encoding and store the per frame PSNR in a file with a name like
	    'psnr_hhmmss.log' in the current directory.  Returned values are  in
	    dB (decibel), the higher the better.

     debug
	    Save  per-frame  statistics in ./xvid.dbg. (This is not the two pass
	    control file.)

     The following options are only available in Xvid 1.1.x and later.

     bvhq=<0|1>
	    This setting allows vector candidates for B-frames to  be  used  for
	    the  encoding  chosen  using  a  rate distortion optimized operator,
	    which is what is done for P-frames by the vhq option.  This produces
	    nicer-looking B-frames while incurring almost no performance penalty
	    (default: 1).

     vbv_bufsize=<0...> (two pass mode only)
	    Specify the video buffering verifier (VBV) buffer size in bits  (de-
	    fault: 0 - VBV check disabled).  VBV allows restricting peak bitrate
	    to	make  the video play properly on hardware players.  For example,
	    the Home profile uses vbv_bufsize=3145728.	If you	set  vbv_bufsize
	    you should set also vbv_maxrate.  Note that there is no vbv_peakrate
	    because  Xvid  does not actually use it for bitrate controlling; the
	    other VBV options are enough to restrict the peak bitrate.

     vbv_initial=<0...vbv_bufsize> (two pass mode only)
	    Specify the initial fill of the VBV buffer in bits (default: 75%  of
	    vbv_bufsize).  The default is probably what you want.

     vbv_maxrate=<0...> (two pass mode only)
	    Specify the maximum processing rate in bits/s (default: 0).  For ex-
	    ample, the Home profile uses vbv_maxrate=4854000.

     The following option is only available in Xvid 1.2.x and later.

     threads=<0-n>
	    Create  n  threads	to  run the motion estimation (default: 0).  The
	    maximum number of threads that can be used is the picture height di-
	    vided by 16.

   x264enc (-x264encopts)
     bitrate=<value>
	    Sets the average bitrate to be used in kbits/second (default:  off).
	    Since  local  bitrate  may	vary, this average may be inaccurate for
	    very short videos (see ratetol).  Constant bitrate can  be	achieved
	    by	combining  this  with  vbv_maxrate,  at significant reduction in
	    quality.

     qp=<0-51>
	    This selects the quantizer to use for P-frames.  I- and B-frames are
	    offset from this value by  ip_factor  and  pb_factor,  respectively.
	    20-40  is  a  useful range.  Lower values result in better fidelity,
	    but higher bitrates.  0 is	lossless.   Note  that	quantization  in
	    H.264  works differently from MPEG-1/2/4: H.264's quantization para-
	    meter (QP) is on a logarithmic scale.  The mapping is  approximately
	    H264QP  = 12 + 6*log2(MPEGQP).  For example, MPEG at QP=2 is equiva-
	    lent to H.264 at QP=18.  Generally, this option  should  be  avoided
	    and  crf  should be used instead as crf will yield better visual re-
	    sults for the same size.

     crf=<1.0-50.0>
	    Enables constant quality mode, and selects the quality.   The  scale
	    is	similar  to  QP.  Like the bitrate-based modes, this allows each
	    frame to use a different QP based on the frame's  complexity.   This
	    option should generally be used instead of qp.

     crf_max=<float>
	    With  CRF  and  VBV,  limit  RF  to this value (may cause VBV under-
	    flows!).

     pass=<1-3>
	    Enable 2 or 3-pass mode.  It is recommended to always encode in 2 or
	    3-pass mode as it leads to a better bit  distribution  and	improves
	    overall quality.
	       1    first pass
	       2    second pass (of two pass encoding)
	       3    Nth pass (second and third passes of three pass encoding)
	    Here is how it works, and how to use it:
	    The  first pass (pass=1) collects statistics on the video and writes
	    them to a file.  You might want to deactivate  some  CPU-hungry  op-
	    tions, apart from the ones that are on by default.
	    In two pass mode, the second pass (pass=2) reads the statistics file
	    and bases ratecontrol decisions on it.
	    In	three  pass  mode,  the second pass (pass=3, that is not a typo)
	    does both: It first reads the statistics, then overwrites them.  You
	    can use all encoding options, except very CPU-hungry options.
	    The third pass (pass=3) is the same as the second pass, except  that
	    it	has  the  second pass' statistics to work from.  You can use all
	    encoding options, including CPU-hungry ones.
	    The first pass may use either average bitrate or constant quantizer.
	    ABR is recommended, since it does not require guessing a  quantizer.
	    Subsequent passes are ABR, and must specify bitrate.

     profile=<name>
	    Constrain options to be compatible with an H.264 profile.
	       baseline
		    no8x8dct  bframes=0  nocabac cqm=flat weightp=0 nointerlaced
		    qp>0
	       main no8x8dct cqm=flat qp>0
	       high qp>0 (default)

     preset=<name>
	    Use a preset to select encoding settings.
	       ultrafast
		    no8x8dct aq_mode=0 b_adapt=0  bframes=0  nodeblock	nombtree
		    me=dia  nomixed_refs partitions=none ref=1 scenecut=0 subq=0
		    trellis=0 noweight_b weightp=0
	       superfast
		    nombtree  me=dia  nomixed_refs  partitions=i8x8,i4x4   ref=1
		    subq=1 trellis=0 weightp=0
	       veryfast
		    nombtree nomixed_refs ref=1 subq=2 trellis=0 weightp=0
	       faster
		    nomixed_refs rc_lookahead=20 ref=5 subq=4 weightp=1
	       fast rc_lookahead=30 ref=2 subq=6
	       medium
		    Default settings apply.
	       slow b_adapt=2 direct=auto me=umh rc_lookahead=50 ref=5 subq=8
	       slower
		    b_adapt=2  direct=auto me=umh partitions=all rc_lookahead=60
		    ref=8 subq=9 trellis=2
	       veryslow
		    b_adapt=2 b_frames=8 direct=auto me=umh  me_range=24  parti-
		    tions=all ref=16 subq=10 trellis=2 rc_lookahead=60
	       placebo
		    bframes=16	 b_adapt=2   direct=auto   nofast_pskip  me=tesa
		    me_range=24 partitions=all	rc_lookahead=60  ref=16  subq=10
		    trellis=2

     tune=<name,[name,...]>
	    Tune the settings for a particular type of source or situation.  All
	    tuned  settings  are overridden by explicit user-settings.	Multiple
	    tunings are separated by commas, but only one psy tuning can be used
	    at a time.
	       film (psy tuning)
		    deblock=-1,-1 psy-rd=<unset>,0.15
	       animation (psy tuning)
		    b_frames={+2} deblock=1,1 psy-rd=0.4:<unset> aq_strength=0.6
		    ref={double if >1 else 1}
	       grain (psy tuning)
		    aq_strength=0.5 nodct_decimate deadzone_inter=6 deadzone_in-
		    tra=6  deblock=-2,-2  ipratio=1.1  pbratio=1.1   psy-rd=<un-
		    set>,0.25 qcomp=0.8
	       stillimage (psy tuning)
		    aq_strength=1.2 deblock=-3,-3 psy-rd=2.0,0.7
	       psnr (psy tuning)
		    aq_mode=0 nopsy
	       ssim (psy tuning)
		    aq_mode=2 nopsy
	       fastdecode
		    nocabac nodeblock noweight_b weightp=0
	       zerolatency
		    bframes=0	 force_cfr    rc_lookahead=0	sync_lookahead=0
		    sliced_threads

     slow_firstpass
	    Disables the following faster options with pass=1: no_8x8dct  me=dia
	    partitions=none  ref=1  subq={2  if  >2  else  unchanged}  trellis=0
	    fast_pskip.  These settings  significantly	improve  encoding  speed
	    while having little or no impact on the quality of the final pass.
	    This option is implied with preset=placebo.

     keyint=<value>
	    Sets  maximum  interval  between  IDR-frames (default: 250).  Larger
	    values save bits, thus improve quality, at the cost of seeking  pre-
	    cision.   Unlike  MPEG-1/2/4,  H.264  does not suffer from DCT drift
	    with large values of keyint.

     keyint_min=<1-keyint/2>
	    Sets minimum interval between IDR-frames (default: auto).  If scene-
	    cuts appear within this interval,  they  are  still  encoded  as  I-
	    frames,  but do not start a new GOP.  In H.264, I-frames do not nec-
	    essarily bound a closed GOP because it is allowable for a P-frame to
	    be predicted from more frames than just  the  one  frame  before  it
	    (also  see frameref).  Therefore, I-frames are not necessarily seek-
	    able.  IDR-frames restrict subsequent P-frames from referring to any
	    frame prior to the IDR-frame.

     scenecut=<-1-100>
	    Controls how aggressively to insert extra  I-frames  (default:  40).
	    With  small  values  of scenecut, the codec often has to force an I-
	    frame when it would exceed keyint.	Good values of scenecut may find
	    a better location for the I-frame.	Large values use  more	I-frames
	    than necessary, thus wasting bits.	-1 disables scene-cut detection,
	    so	I-frames  are inserted only once every other keyint frames, even
	    if a scene-cut occurs earlier.  This is not recommended  and  wastes
	    bitrate  as  scenecuts  encoded  as  P-frames  are just as big as I-
	    frames, but do not reset the "keyint counter".

     (no)intra_refresh
	    Periodic intra block refresh instead  of  keyframes  (default:  dis-
	    abled).   This option disables IDR-frames, and, instead, uses a mov-
	    ing vertical bar of intra-coded blocks. This reduces compression ef-
	    ficiency but benefits low-latency streaming and resilience to packet
	    loss.

     frameref=<1-16>
	    Number of previous frames used as predictors in B- and P-frames (de-
	    fault: 3).	This is effective in anime, but in live-action	material
	    the  improvements usually drop off very rapidly above 6 or so refer-
	    ence frames.  This has no effect on decoding  speed,  but  does  in-
	    crease  the memory needed for decoding.  Some decoders can only han-
	    dle a maximum of 15 reference frames.

     bframes=<0-16>
	    maximum number of consecutive B-frames between I- and P-frames  (de-
	    fault: 3)

     (no)b_adapt
	    Automatically  decides  when to use B-frames and how many, up to the
	    maximum specified above (default: on).  If this option is  disabled,
	    then the maximum number of B-frames is used.

     b_bias=<-100-100>
	    Controls  the  decision  performed by b_adapt.  A higher b_bias pro-
	    duces more B-frames (default: 0).

     b_pyramid=<normal|strict|none>
	    Allows B-frames to	be  used  as  references  for  predicting  other
	    frames.   For  example, consider 3 consecutive B-frames: I0 B1 B2 B3
	    P4.  Without this  option,	B-frames  follow  the  same  pattern  as
	    MPEG-[124].   So they are coded in the order I0 P4 B1 B2 B3, and all
	    the B-frames are predicted from I0 and P4.	With this  option,  they
	    are  coded	as  I0	P4 B2 B1 B3.  B2 is the same as above, but B1 is
	    predicted from I0 and B2, and B3 is predicted from B2 and P4.   This
	    usually results in slightly improved compression, at almost no speed
	    cost.   However,  this  is	an  experimental option: it is not fully
	    tuned and may not always help.  Requires bframes  >=  2.   Disadvan-
	    tage: increases decoding delay to 2 frames.
	       normal
		    Allow B-frames as references as described above (not Blu-ray
		    compatible).
	       strict
		    Disallow P-frames referencing B-frames. Gives worse compres-
		    sion, but is required for Blu-ray compatibility.
	       none Disable using B-frames as references.

     (no)open_gop
	    Use recovery points to close GOPs; only available with bframes.

     (no)bluray_compat
	    Enable compatibility hacks for Blu-Ray support.

     (no)fake_interlaced
	    Flag stream as interlaced but encode progressive. Makes it posssible
	    to encode 25p and 30p Blu-Ray streams. Ignored in interlaced mode.

     frame_packing=<0-5>
	    Define frame arrangement for stereoscopic videos.
	       0    Checkerboard - pixels are alternately from L and R.
	       1    Column alternation - L and R are interlaced by column.
	       2    Row alternation - L and R are interlaced by row.
	       3    Side by side - L is on the left, R is on the right.
	       4    Top-bottom - L is on top, R is on the bottom.
	       5    Frame alternation - one view per frame.

     (no)deblock
	    Use  deblocking  filter (default: on).  As it takes very little time
	    compared to its quality gain, it is not recommended to disable it.

     deblock=<-6-6>,<-6-6>
	    The first parameter is AlphaC0 (default: 0).  This	adjusts  thresh-
	    olds for the H.264 in-loop deblocking filter.  First, this parameter
	    adjusts  the  maximum amount of change that the filter is allowed to
	    cause on any  one  pixel.	Secondly,  this  parameter  affects  the
	    threshold for difference across the edge being filtered.  A positive
	    value reduces blocking artifacts more, but will also smear details.
	    The  second parameter is Beta (default: 0).  This affects the detail
	    threshold.	Very detailed blocks are not filtered, since the smooth-
	    ing caused by the filter would be more noticeable than the	original
	    blocking.
	    The  default  behavior  of the filter almost always achieves optimal
	    quality, so it is best to either leave it alone, or make only  small
	    adjustments.   However,  if  your  source  material already has some
	    blocking or noise which you would like to remove, it may be  a  good
	    idea to turn it up a little bit.

     (no)cabac
	    Use CABAC (Context-Adaptive Binary Arithmetic Coding) (default: on).
	    Slightly  slows  down  encoding and decoding, but should save 10-15%
	    bitrate.  Unless you are looking for decoding speed, you should  not
	    disable it.

     qp_min=<1-51> (ABR or two pass)
	    Minimum quantizer, 10-30 seems to be a useful range (default: 10).

     qp_max=<1-51> (ABR or two pass)
	    maximum quantizer (default: 51)

     qp_step=<1-50> (ABR or two pass)
	    maximum  value by which the quantizer may be incremented/decremented
	    between frames (default: 4)

     (no)mbtree
	    Enable macroblock tree ratecontrol (default: enabled).  Use a  large
	    lookahead  to  track temporal propagation of data and weight quality
	    accordingly.  In multi-pass mode, this writes to  a  separate  stats
	    file named <passlogfile>.mbtree.

     rc_lookahead=<0-250>
	    Adjust  the  mbtree lookahead distance (default: 40).  Larger values
	    will be slower and cause x264 to consume more memory, but can  yield
	    higher quality.

     ratetol=<0.1-100.0> (ABR or two pass)
	    allowed  variance in average bitrate (no particular units) (default:
	    1.0)

     vbv_maxrate=<value> (ABR or two pass)
	    maximum local bitrate, in kbits/second (default: disabled)

     vbv_bufsize=<value> (ABR or two pass)
	    averaging period for vbv_maxrate, in kbits (default: none,	must  be
	    specified if vbv_maxrate is enabled)

     vbv_init=<0.0-1.0> (ABR or two pass)
	    initial  buffer  occupancy,  as  a fraction of vbv_bufsize (default:
	    0.9)

     ip_factor=<value>
	    quantizer factor between I- and P-frames (default: 1.4)

     pb_factor=<value>
	    quantizer factor between P- and B-frames (default: 1.3)

     qcomp=<0-1> (ABR or two pass)
	    quantizer compression (default: 0.6).  A lower value makes	the  bi-
	    trate more constant, while a higher value makes the quantization pa-
	    rameter more constant.

     cplx_blur=<0-999> (two pass only)
	    Temporal  blur  of the estimated frame complexity, before curve com-
	    pression (default: 20).  Lower values allow the quantizer  value  to
	    jump  around  more,  higher  values  force it to vary more smoothly.
	    cplx_blur ensures that each I-frame has quality  comparable  to  the
	    following  P-frames,  and ensures that alternating high and low com-
	    plexity frames (e.g. low fps animation) do not waste bits on fluctu-
	    ating quantizer.

     qblur=<0-99> (two pass only)
	    Temporal blur of the quantization parameter, after curve compression
	    (default: 0.5).  Lower values allow  the  quantizer  value	to  jump
	    around more, higher values force it to vary more smoothly.

     zones=<zone0>[/<zone1>[/...]]
	    User  specified  quality  for specific parts (ending, credits, ...).
	    Each zone is <start-frame>,<end-frame>,<option> where option may be
	       q=<0-51>
		    quantizer
	       b=<0.01-100.0>
		    bitrate multiplier
	    NOTE: The quantizer option is not  strictly  enforced.   It  affects
	    only  the  planning  stage	of  ratecontrol, and is still subject to
	    overflow compensation and qp_min/qp_max.

     direct_pred=<name>
	    Determines the type of motion prediction used for direct macroblocks
	    in B-frames.
	       none Direct macroblocks are not used.
	       spatial
		    Motion vectors are	extrapolated  from  neighboring  blocks.
		    (default)
	       temporal
		    Motion vectors are extrapolated from the following P-frame.
	       auto The  codec	selects  between  spatial  and temporal for each
		    frame.
	    Spatial and temporal are approximately the same speed and PSNR,  the
	    choice  between them depends on the video content.	Auto is slightly
	    better, but slower.  Auto is most effective when combined with  mul-
	    tipass.  direct_pred=none is both slower and lower quality.

     weightp
	    Weighted P-frame prediction mode (default: 2).
	       0    disabled (fastest)
	       1    weighted refs (better quality)
	       2    weighted refs + duplicates (best)

     (no)weight_b
	    Use  weighted prediction in B-frames.  Without this option, bidirec-
	    tionally predicted macroblocks give equal weight to  each  reference
	    frame.  With this option, the weights are determined by the temporal
	    position  of  the  B-frame	relative  to  the  references.	Requires
	    bframes > 1.

     partitions=<list>
	    Enable     some	optional     macroblock     types      (default:
	    p8x8,b8x8,i8x8,i4x4).
	       p8x8 Enable types p16x8, p8x16, p8x8.
	       p4x4 Enable  types  p8x4,  p4x8,  p4x4.	p4x4 is recommended only
		    with subq >= 5, and only at low resolutions.
	       b8x8 Enable types b16x8, b8x16, b8x8.
	       i8x8 Enable type i8x8.  i8x8 has no effect unless 8x8dct  is  en-
		    abled.
	       i4x4 Enable type i4x4.
	       all  Enable all of the above types.
	       none Disable all of the above types.
	    Regardless	of  this  option,  macroblock  types p16x16, b16x16, and
	    i16x16 are always enabled.
	    The idea is to find the type and size that best describe  a  certain
	    area  of  the  picture.   For example, a global pan is better repre-
	    sented by 16x16 blocks, while small moving objects are better repre-
	    sented by smaller blocks.

     (no)8x8dct
	    Adaptive spatial transform size: allows macroblocks  to  choose  be-
	    tween 4x4 and 8x8 DCT.  Also allows the i8x8 macroblock type.  With-
	    out this option, only 4x4 DCT is used.

     me=<name>
	    Select fullpixel motion estimation algorithm.
	       dia  diamond search, radius 1 (fast)
	       hex  hexagon search, radius 2 (default)
	       umh  uneven multi-hexagon search (slow)
	       esa  exhaustive search (very slow, and no better than umh)

     me_range=<4-64>
	    radius of exhaustive or multi-hexagon motion search (default: 16)

     subq=<0-11>
	    Adjust  subpel  refinement quality.  This parameter controls quality
	    versus speed tradeoffs involved in the  motion  estimation	decision
	    process.  subq=5 can compress up to 10% better than subq=1.
	       0    Runs  fullpixel precision motion estimation on all candidate
		    macroblock types.  Then selects the best type with SAD  met-
		    ric (faster than subq=1, not recommended unless you're look-
		    ing for ultra-fast encoding).
	       1    Does  as  0,  then	refines  the motion of that type to fast
		    quarterpixel precision (fast).
	       2    Runs halfpixel precision motion estimation on all  candidate
		    macroblock types.  Then selects the best type with SATD met-
		    ric.   Then refines the motion of that type to fast quarter-
		    pixel precision.
	       3    As 2, but uses a slower quarterpixel refinement.
	       4    Runs fast quarterpixel precision motion  estimation  on  all
		    candidate macroblock types.  Then selects the best type with
		    SATD  metric.  Then finishes the quarterpixel refinement for
		    that type.
	       5    Runs best quality quarterpixel precision  motion  estimation
		    on all candidate macroblock types, before selecting the best
		    type.   Also refines the two motion vectors used in bidirec-
		    tional macroblocks with SATD  metric,  rather  than  reusing
		    vectors from the forward and backward searches.
	       6    Enables  rate-distortion optimization of macroblock types in
		    I- and P-frames.
	       7    Enables rate-distortion optimization of macroblock types  in
		    all frames (default).
	       8    Enables  rate-distortion  optimization of motion vectors and
		    intra prediction modes in I- and P-frames.
	       9    Enables rate-distortion optimization of motion  vectors  and
		    intra prediction modes in all frames.
	       10   QP-RD; requires trellis=2 and aq_mode=1 or higher (best).
	       11   Full RD; disable all early terminations.
	    In	the  above,  "all  candidates" does not exactly mean all enabled
	    types: 4x4, 4x8, 8x4 are tried only if 8x8 is better than 16x16.

     (no)chroma_me
	    Takes into account chroma information during subpixel motion  search
	    (default: enabled).  Requires subq>=5.

     (no)mixed_refs
	    Allows  each  8x8 or 16x8 motion partition to independently select a
	    reference frame.  Without this option, a whole macroblock  must  use
	    the same reference.  Requires frameref>1.

     trellis=<0-2> (cabac only)
	    rate-distortion optimal quantization
	       0    disabled
	       1    enabled only for the final encode (default)
	       2    enabled during all mode decisions (slow, requires subq>=6)

     psy-rd=rd[,trell]
	    Sets the strength of the psychovisual optimization.
	       rd=<0.0-10.0>
		    psy optimization strength (requires subq>=6) (default: 1.0)
	       trell=<0.0-10.0>
		    trellis (requires trellis, experimental) (default: 0.0)

     (no)psy
	    Enable  psychovisual optimizations that hurt PSNR and SSIM but ought
	    to look better (default: enabled).

     deadzone_inter=<0-32>
	    Set the size of the inter luma quantization deadzone for non-trellis
	    quantization (default: 21).  Lower values help to preserve fine  de-
	    tails  and film grain (typically useful for high bitrate/quality en-
	    code), while higher values help filter out	these  details	to  save
	    bits  that can be spent again on other macroblocks and frames (typi-
	    cally useful for bitrate-starved encodes).	It is  recommended  that
	    you start by tweaking deadzone_intra before changing this parameter.

     deadzone_intra=<0-32>
	    Set the size of the intra luma quantization deadzone for non-trellis
	    quantization  (default:  11).   This  option  has the same effect as
	    deadzone_inter except that it affects intra frames.   It  is  recom-
	    mended  that  you  start  by tweaking this parameter before changing
	    deadzone_inter.

     (no)fast_pskip
	    Performs early skip detection in P-frames (default: enabled).   This
	    usually  improves speed at no cost, but it can sometimes produce ar-
	    tifacts in areas with no details, like sky.

     (no)dct_decimate
	    Eliminate dct blocks in P-frames containing only a small single  co-
	    efficient  (default: enabled).  This will remove some details, so it
	    will save bits that can be spent again on  other  frames,  hopefully
	    raising  overall  subjective  quality.   If you are compressing non-
	    anime content with a high target bitrate, you may  want  to  disable
	    this to preserve as much detail as possible.

     nr=<0-100000>
	    Noise  reduction,  0 means disabled.  100-1000 is a useful range for
	    typical content, but you may want to turn it up a bit more for  very
	    noisy  content  (default:  0).  Given its small impact on speed, you
	    might want to prefer to use this  over  filtering  noise  away  with
	    video filters like denoise3d or hqdn3d.

     chroma_qp_offset=<-12-12>
	    Use  a  different  quantizer for chroma as compared to luma.  Useful
	    values are in the range <-2-2> (default: 0).

     aq_mode=<0-2>
	    Defines how adaptive quantization (AQ) distributes bits:
	       0    disabled
	       1    Avoid moving bits between frames.
	       2    Move bits between frames (by default).

     aq_strength=<positive float value>
	    Controls how much adaptive quantization (AQ)  reduces  blocking  and
	    blurring  in flat and textured areas (default: 1.0).  A value of 0.5
	    will lead to weak AQ and less details, when a value of 1.5 will lead
	    to strong AQ and more details.

     cqm=<flat|jvt|<filename>>
	    Either uses a predefined custom quantization matrix or  loads  a  JM
	    format matrix file.
	       flat Use the predefined flat 16 matrix (default).
	       jvt  Use the predefined JVT matrix.
	       <filename>
		    Use the provided JM format matrix file.
	    NOTE: Windows CMD.EXE users may experience problems with parsing the
	    command  line if they attempt to use all the CQM lists.  This is due
	    to a command line length limitation.  In this case it is recommended
	    the lists be put into a JM format CQM file and loaded  as  specified
	    above.

     cqm4iy=<list> (also see cqm)
	    Custom 4x4 intra luminance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma sepa-
	    rated values in the 1-255 range.

     cqm4ic=<list> (also see cqm)
	    Custom  4x4  intra	chrominance  matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
	    separated values in the 1-255 range.

     cqm4py=<list> (also see cqm)
	    Custom 4x4 inter luminance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma sepa-
	    rated values in the 1-255 range.

     cqm4pc=<list> (also see cqm)
	    Custom 4x4 inter chrominance matrix, given as a  list  of  16  comma
	    separated values in the 1-255 range.

     cqm8iy=<list> (also see cqm)
	    Custom 8x8 intra luminance matrix, given as a list of 64 comma sepa-
	    rated values in the 1-255 range.

     cqm8py=<list> (also see cqm)
	    Custom 8x8 inter luminance matrix, given as a list of 64 comma sepa-
	    rated values in the 1-255 range.

     level_idc=<10-51>
	    Set  the  bitstream's level as defined by annex A of the H.264 stan-
	    dard (default: 51 - level 5.1).  This is used for  telling	the  de-
	    coder  what  capabilities  it  needs to support.  Use this parameter
	    only if you know what it means, and you have a need to set it.

     (no)cpu_independent
	    Ensure exact reproducibility across different CPUs instead of choos-
	    ing different algorithms when available/better (default:enabled).

     threads=<0-16>
	    Spawn threads to encode in parallel on multiple CPUs  (default:  0).
	    This has a slight penalty to compression quality.  0 or 'auto' tells
	    x264 to detect how many CPUs you have and pick an appropriate number
	    of threads.

     (no)sliced_threads
	    Use   slice-based  threading  (default:  disabled).   Unlike  normal
	    threading, this option adds no encoding  latency,  but  is	slightly
	    slower and less effective at compression.

     slice_max_size=<0 or positive integer>
	    Maximum  slice size in bytes (default: 0).	A value of zero disables
	    the maximum.

     slice_max_mbs=<0 or positive integer>
	    Maximum slice size in number of macroblocks (default: 0).	A  value
	    of zero disables the maximum.

     slices=<0 or positive integer>
	    Maximum  number  of  slices per frame (default: 0).  A value of zero
	    disables the maximum.

     sync_lookahead=<0-250>
	    Adjusts the size of the threaded lookahead buffer (default:  0).   0
	    or 'auto' tells x264 to automatically determine buffer size.

     (no)deterministic
	    Use  only  deterministic  optimizations  with multithreaded encoding
	    (default: enabled).

     (no)global_header
	    Causes SPS and PPS to appear only once, at the beginning of the bit-
	    stream (default: disabled).  Some players, such as the Sony PSP, re-
	    quire the use of this option.  The default behavior causes	SPS  and
	    PPS to repeat prior to each IDR frame.

     (no)tff
	    Enable interlaced mode, top field first (default: disabled)

     (no)bff
	    Enable interlaced mode, bottom field first (default: disabled)

     nal_hrd=<none|vbr|cbr>
	    Signal HRD information (requires vbv_bufsize) (default: none).

     (no)pic_struct
	    Force pic_struct in Picture Timing SEI (default: disabled).

     (no)constrained_intra
	    Enable  constrained intra prediction (default: disabled).  This sig-
	    nificantly reduces compression, but is required for the  base  layer
	    of SVC encodes.

     output_csp=<i420|i422|i444|rgb>
	    Specify output colorspace (default: i420).

     (no)aud
	    Write access unit delimiters to the stream (default: disabled).  En-
	    able  this only if your target container format requires access unit
	    delimiters.

     overscan=<undef|show|crop>
	    Include VUI overscan information in the stream (default:  disabled).
	    See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more information.

     videoformat=<component|pal|ntsc|secam|mac|undef>
	    Include  VUI  video  format information in the stream (default: dis-
	    abled).  This is a purely informative  setting  for  describing  the
	    original  source.	See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more
	    information.

     (no)fullrange
	    Include VUI full range information	in  the  stream  (default:  dis-
	    abled).   Use this option if your source video is not range limited.
	    See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more information.

     colorprim=<bt709|bt470m|bt470bg|smpte170m|smpte240m|film|undef>
	    Include color primaries information (default: disabled).   This  can
	    be	used  for  color correction.  See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source
	    code for more information.

     transfer=<bt709|bt470m|bt470bg|linear|log100|log316|smpte170m|smpte240m>
	    Include VUI transfer characteristics information in the stream  (de-
	    fault:  disabled).	 This  can  be	used  for color correction.  See
	    doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more information.

     colormatrix=<bt709|fcc|bt470bg|smpte170m|smpte240m|GBR|YCgCo>
	    Include VUI matrix coefficients in the stream  (default:  disabled).
	    This  can be used for color correction.  See doc/vui.txt in the x264
	    source code for more information.

     chromaloc=<0-5>
	    Include VUI chroma sample location information in  the  stream  (de-
	    fault: disabled).  Use this option to ensure alignment of the chroma
	    and  luma  planes after color space conversions.  See doc/vui.txt in
	    the x264 source code for more information.

     log=<-1-3>
	    Adjust the amount of logging info printed to the screen.
	       -1   none
		0   Print errors only.
		1   warnings
		2   PSNR and other analysis statistics when the encode	finishes
		    (default)
		3   PSNR,  QP,	frametype,  size, and other statistics for every
		    frame

     (no)psnr
	    Print signal-to-noise ratio statistics.
	    NOTE: The 'Y', 'U', 'V', and 'Avg' PSNR fields in  the  summary  are
	    not  mathematically  sound (they are simply the average of per-frame
	    PSNRs).  They are kept only  for  comparison  to  the  JM  reference
	    codec.  For all other purposes, please use either the 'Global' PSNR,
	    or the per-frame PSNRs printed by log=3.

     (no)ssim
	    Print the Structural Similarity Metric results.  This is an alterna-
	    tive  to PSNR, and may be better correlated with the perceived qual-
	    ity of the compressed video.

     (no)visualize
	    Enable x264 visualizations during encoding.  If  the  x264	on  your
	    system  supports it, a new window will be opened during the encoding
	    process, in which x264 will attempt to present an  overview  of  how
	    each  frame  gets  encoded.  Each block type on the visualized movie
	    will be colored as follows:

     dump_yuv=<file name>
	    Dump YUV frames to the specified file.  For debugging use.
	       red/pink
		    intra block
	       blue inter block
	       greenskip block
	       yellow
		    B-block
	    This feature can be considered experimental and subject  to  change.
	    In particular, it depends on x264 being compiled with visualizations
	    enabled.   Note  that as of writing this, x264 pauses after encoding
	    and visualizing each frame, waiting for the user to press a key,  at
	    which point the next frame will be encoded.

   xvfw (-xvfwopts)
     Encoding  with  Video for Windows codecs is mostly obsolete unless you wish
     to encode to some obscure fringe codec.

     codec=<name>
	    The name of the binary codec file with which to encode.

     compdata=<file>
	    The name of the codec settings file (like firstpass.mcf) created  by
	    vfw2menc.

   MPEG muxer (-mpegopts)
     The  MPEG	muxer can generate 5 types of streams, each of which has reason-
     able default parameters that the user can override.  Generally, when gener-
     ating MPEG files, it is advisable to  disable  MEncoder's	frame-skip  code
     (see -noskip, -mc as well as the harddup and softskip video filters).

     EXAMPLE:
	       format=mpeg2:tsaf:vbitrate=8000

     format=<mpeg1 | mpeg2 | xvcd | xsvcd | dvd | pes1 | pes2>
	    stream  format (default: mpeg2).  pes1 and pes2 are very broken for-
	    mats (no pack header and no padding), but  VDR  uses  them;  do  not
	    choose them unless you know exactly what you are doing.

     size=<up to 65535>
	    Pack  size	in bytes, do not change unless you know exactly what you
	    are doing (default: 2048).

     muxrate=<int>
	    Nominal muxrate in kbit/s used in the pack	headers  (default:  1800
	    kb/s).   Will  be updated as necessary in the case of 'format=mpeg1'
	    or 'mpeg2'.

     tsaf
	    Sets timestamps on all frames, if possible;  recommended  when  for-
	    mat=dvd.  If dvdauthor complains with a message like "..audio sector
	    out of range...", you probably did not enable this option.

     interleaving2
	    Uses a better algorithm to interleave audio and video packets, based
	    on	the  principle that the muxer will always try to fill the stream
	    with the largest percentage of free space.

     vdelay=<1-32760>
	    Initial video delay time, in milliseconds (default: 0),  use  it  if
	    you want to delay video with respect to audio.  It doesn't work with
	    :drop.

     adelay=<1-32760>
	    Initial  audio  delay  time, in milliseconds (default: 0), use it if
	    you want to delay audio with respect to video.

     drop
	    When used with vdelay the muxer drops the part of audio that was an-
	    ticipated.

     vwidth, vheight=<1-4095>
	    Set the video width and height when video is MPEG-1/2.

     vpswidth, vpsheight=<1-4095>
	    Set pan and scan video width and height when video is MPEG-2.

     vaspect=<1 | 4/3 | 16/9 | 221/100>
	    Sets the display aspect ratio for MPEG-2 video.  Do not  use  it  on
	    MPEG-1 or the resulting aspect ratio will be completely wrong.

     vbitrate=<int>
	    Sets the video bitrate in kbit/s for MPEG-1/2 video.

     vframerate=<24000/1001 | 24 | 25 | 30000/1001 | 30 | 50 | 60000/1001 | 60 >
	    Sets  the framerate for MPEG-1/2 video.  This option will be ignored
	    if used with the telecine option.

     telecine
	    Enables 3:2 pulldown soft telecine mode: The  muxer  will  make  the
	    video  stream  look  like it was encoded at 30000/1001 fps.  It only
	    works with MPEG-2 video when the output framerate is 24000/1001 fps,
	    convert it with -ofps if necessary.  Any other framerate  is  incom-
	    patible with this option.

     film2pal
	    Enables  FILM  to  PAL and NTSC to PAL soft telecine mode: The muxer
	    will make the video stream look like it was encoded at 25  fps.   It
	    only works with MPEG-2 video when the output framerate is 24000/1001
	    fps, convert it with -ofps if necessary.  Any other framerate is in-
	    compatible with this option.

     tele_src and tele_dest
	    Enables  arbitrary	telecining using Donand Graft's DGPulldown code.
	    You need to specify the original  and  the	desired  framerate;  the
	    muxer will make the video stream look like it was encoded at the de-
	    sired  framerate.	It  only  works with MPEG-2 video when the input
	    framerate is smaller than the output framerate and the framerate in-
	    crease is <= 1.5.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       tele_src=25,tele_dest=30000/1001
		    PAL to NTSC telecining

     vbuf_size=<40-1194>
	    Sets the size of the video decoder's buffer, expressed in kilobytes.
	    Specify it only if the bitrate of the video stream is too  high  for
	    the chosen format and if you know perfectly well what you are doing.
	    A  too  high value may lead to an unplayable movie, depending on the
	    player's capabilities.  When muxing HDTV video a value of 400 should
	    suffice.

     abuf_size=<4-64>
	    Sets the size of the audio decoder's buffer, expressed in kilobytes.
	    The same principle as for vbuf_size applies.

   FFmpeg libavformat demuxers (-lavfdopts)
     analyzeduration=<value>
	    Maximum length in seconds to analyze the stream properties.

     format=<value>
	    Force a specific libavformat demuxer.

     o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
	    Pass AVOptions to libavformat demuxer.  Note, a patch to make the o=
	    unneeded and pass all unknown options through the AVOption system is
	    welcome.  A full list of AVOptions can be found in the  FFmpeg  man-
	    ual.   Note that some options may conflict with MPlayer/MEncoder op-
	    tions.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       o=ignidx

     probesize=<value>
	    Maximum amount of data to probe during the detection phase.  In  the
	    case of MPEG-TS this value identifies the maximum number of TS pack-
	    ets to scan.

     cryptokey=<hexstring>
	    Encryption	key the demuxer should use.  This is the raw binary data
	    of the key converted to a hexadecimal string.

   FFmpeg libavformat muxers (-lavfopts) (also see -of lavf)
     delay=<value>
	    Currently only meaningful for MPEG[12]: Maximum allowed distance, in
	    seconds, between the reference timer of the output stream (SCR)  and
	    the decoding timestamp (DTS) for any stream present (demux to decode
	    delay).   Default  is  0.7	(as mandated by the standards defined by
	    MPEG).  Higher values require larger buffers and must not be used.

     format=<container_format>
	    Override which container format to	mux  into  (default:  autodetect
	    from output file extension).
	       mpg  MPEG-1 systems and MPEG-2 PS
	       asf  Advanced Streaming Format
	       avi  Audio Video Interleave file
	       wav  Waveform Audio
	       swf  Macromedia Flash
	       flv  Macromedia Flash video files
	       rm   RealAudio and RealVideo
	       au   SUN AU format
	       nut  NUT open container format (experimental)
	       mov  QuickTime
	       mp4  MPEG-4 format
	       ipod MPEG-4 format with extra header flags required by Apple iPod
		    firmware
	       dv   Sony Digital Video container
	       matroska
		    Matroska

     muxrate=<rate>
	    Nominal  bitrate  of the multiplex, in bits per second; currently it
	    is meaningful only for MPEG[12].  Sometimes raising it is  necessary
	    in order to avoid "buffer underflows".

     o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
	    Pass  AVOptions  to libavformat muxer.  Note, a patch to make the o=
	    unneeded and pass all unknown options through the AVOption system is
	    welcome.  A full list of AVOptions can be found in the  FFmpeg  man-
	    ual.  Note that some options may conflict with MEncoder options.

	    EXAMPLE:
	       o=packetsize=100

     packetsize=<size>
	    Size,  expressed in bytes, of the unitary packet for the chosen for-
	    mat.  When muxing to MPEG[12]  implementations  the  default  values
	    are: 2324 for [S]VCD, 2048 for all others formats.

     preload=<distance>
	    Currently  only  meaningful  for MPEG[12]: Initial distance, in sec-
	    onds, between the reference timer of the output stream (SCR) and the
	    decoding timestamp (DTS) for any stream present (demux to decode de-
	    lay).

ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
     There are a number of environment variables that can be used to control the
     behavior of MPlayer and MEncoder.

     MPLAYER_CHARSET (also see -msgcharset)
	    Convert console messages to the specified charset (default:  autode-
	    tect).  A value of "noconv" means no conversion.

     MPLAYER_HOME
	    Directory where MPlayer looks for user settings.

     MPLAYER_VERBOSE (also see -v and -msglevel)
	    Set the initial verbosity level across all message modules (default:
	    0).  The resulting verbosity corresponds to that of -msglevel 5 plus
	    the value of MPLAYER_VERBOSE.

   libaf:
     LADSPA_PATH
	    If LADSPA_PATH is set, it searches for the specified file.	If it is
	    not set, you must supply a fully specified pathname.  FIXME: This is
	    also mentioned in the ladspa section.

   libdvdcss:
     DVDCSS_CACHE
	    Specify  a	directory in which to store title key values.  This will
	    speed up descrambling of DVDs which are  in  the  cache.   The  DVD-
	    CSS_CACHE directory is created if it does not exist, and a subdirec-
	    tory  is  created named after the DVD's title or manufacturing date.
	    If DVDCSS_CACHE is not set or is empty, libdvdcss will use	the  de-
	    fault value which is "${HOME}/.dvdcss/" under Unix and "C:\Documents
	    and  Settings\$USER\Application Data\dvdcss\" under Win32.	The spe-
	    cial value "off" disables caching.

     DVDCSS_METHOD
	    Sets the authentication and decryption method  that  libdvdcss  will
	    use to read scrambled discs.  Can be one of title, key or disc.
	       key  is	the  default method.  libdvdcss will use a set of calcu-
		    lated player keys to try and get the  disc	key.   This  can
		    fail if the drive does not recognize any of the player keys.
	       disc is	a fallback method when key has failed.	Instead of using
		    player keys, libdvdcss will crack the disc key using a brute
		    force algorithm.  This process is CPU intensive and requires
		    64 MB of memory to store temporary data.
	       titleis the fallback when all other methods have failed.  It does
		    not rely on a key exchange with the DVD  drive,  but  rather
		    uses  a crypto attack to guess the title key.  On rare cases
		    this may fail because there is not enough encrypted data  on
		    the  disc  to perform a statistical attack, but in the other
		    hand it is the only way to decrypt a DVD stored  on  a  hard
		    disc, or a DVD with the wrong region on an RPC2 drive.

     DVDCSS_RAW_DEVICE
	    Specify  the raw device to use.  Exact usage will depend on your op-
	    erating system, the Linux utility to set up raw  devices  is  raw(8)
	    for  instance.   Please note that on most operating systems, using a
	    raw device requires highly aligned buffers: Linux  requires  a  2048
	    bytes alignment (which is the size of a DVD sector).

     DVDCSS_VERBOSE
	    Sets the libdvdcss verbosity level.
	       0    Outputs no messages at all.
	       1    Outputs error messages to stderr.
	       2    Outputs error messages and debug messages to stderr.

     DVDREAD_NOKEYS
	    Skip retrieving all keys on startup.  Currently disabled.

     HOME   FIXME: Document this.

   libao2:
     AO_SUN_DISABLE_SAMPLE_TIMING
	    FIXME: Document this.

     AUDIODEV
	    FIXME: Document this.

     AUDIOSERVER
	    Specifies  the  Network  Audio  System server to which the nas audio
	    output driver should connect and the transport that should be  used.
	    If	unset  DISPLAY is used instead.  The transport can be one of tcp
	    and unix.  Syntax is tcp/<somehost>:<someport>,  <somehost>:<instan-
	    cenumber> or [unix]:<instancenumber>.  The NAS base port is 8000 and
	    <instancenumber> is added to that.

	    EXAMPLES:
	       AUDIOSERVER=somehost:0
		    Connect  to  NAS  server  on somehost using default port and
		    transport.
	       AUDIOSERVER=tcp/somehost:8000
		    Connect to NAS server on  somehost	listening  on  TCP  port
		    8000.
	       AUDIOSERVER=(unix)?:0
		    Connect to NAS server instance 0 on localhost using unix do-
		    main sockets.

     DISPLAY
	    FIXME: Document this.

   vidix:
     VIDIX_CRT
	    FIXME: Document this.

     VIDIXIVTVALPHA
	    Set  this  to  'disable' in order to stop the VIDIX driver from con-
	    trolling alphablending settings.  You can then manipulate  it  your-
	    self with 'ivtvfbctl'.

   osdep:
     TERM   FIXME: Document this.

   libvo:
     DISPLAY
	    FIXME: Document this.

     FRAMEBUFFER
	    FIXME: Document this.

     HOME   FIXME: Document this.

   libmpdemux:
     HOME   FIXME: Document this.

     HOMEPATH
	    FIXME: Document this.

     http_proxy
	    FIXME: Document this.

     LOGNAME
	    FIXME: Document this.

     USERPROFILE
	    FIXME: Document this.

   GUI:
     DISPLAY
	    The name of the display to which the GUI should connect.

     HOME   The home directory of the current user.

   libavformat:
     AUDIO_FLIP_LEFT
	    FIXME: Document this.

     BKTR_DEV
	    FIXME: Document this.

     BKTR_FORMAT
	    FIXME: Document this.

     BKTR_FREQUENCY
	    FIXME: Document this.

     http_proxy
	    FIXME: Document this.

     no_proxy
	    FIXME: Document this.

FILES
     /usr/local/share/mplayer/mplayer.conf
	    MPlayer system-wide settings

     /usr/local/share/mplayer/mencoder.conf
	    MEncoder system-wide settings

     ~/.mplayer/config
	    MPlayer user settings

     ~/.mplayer/mencoder.conf
	    MEncoder user settings

     ~/.mplayer/input.conf
	    input bindings (see '-input keylist' for the full list)

     ~/.mplayer/gui.conf
	    GUI configuration file

     ~/.mplayer/gui.gain
	    for  audio files not containing ReplayGain data, add a line with re-
	    play gain and filename separated by a space character, e.g.

	    +1.50 /home/me/music/Song.mp3

     ~/.mplayer/gui.history
	    GUI directory history

     ~/.mplayer/gui.pl
	    GUI playlist

     ~/.mplayer/gui.url
	    GUI URL list

     ~/.mplayer/font/
	    font directory (There must be a font.desc file and files  with  .RAW
	    extension.)

     ~/.mplayer/DVDkeys/
	    cached CSS keys

EXAMPLES OF MPLAYER USAGE
     Quickstart Blu-ray playing:
     mplayer br:////path/to/disc
     mplayer br:// -bluray-device /path/to/disc

     Quickstart DVD playing:
     mplayer dvd://1

     Play in Japanese with English subtitles:
     mplayer dvd://1 -alang ja -slang en

     Play only chapters 5, 6, 7:
     mplayer dvd://1 -chapter 5-7

     Play only titles 5, 6, 7:
     mplayer dvd://5-7

     Play a multiangle DVD:
     mplayer dvd://1 -dvdangle 2

     Play from a different DVD device:
     mplayer dvd://1 -dvd-device /dev/cd0

     Play DVD video from a directory with VOB files:
     mplayer dvd://1 -dvd-device /path/to/directory/

     Copy a DVD title to hard disk, saving to file title1.vob :
     mplayer dvd://1 -dumpstream -dumpfile title1.vob

     Play a DVD with dvdnav from path /dev/sr1:
     mplayer dvdnav:////dev/sr1

     Stream from HTTP:
     mplayer http://mplayer.hq/example.avi

     Stream using RTSP:
     mplayer rtsp://server.example.com/streamName

     Convert subtitles to MPsub format:
     mplayer dummy.avi -sub source.sub -dumpmpsub

     Convert subtitles to MPsub format without watching the movie:
     mplayer /dev/zero -rawvideo pal:fps=xx -demuxer rawvideo -vc null -vo null -noframedrop -benchmark -sub source.sub -dumpmpsub

     input from standard V4L:
     mplayer tv:// -tv driver=v4l:width=640:height=480:outfmt=i420 -vc rawi420 -vo xv

     Playback on Zoran cards (old style, deprecated):
     mplayer -vo zr -vf scale=352:288 file.avi

     Playback on Zoran cards (new style):
     mplayer -vo zr2 -vf scale=352:288,zrmjpeg file.avi

     Play DTS-CD with passthrough:
     mplayer -ac hwdts -rawaudio format=0x2001 -cdrom-device /dev/cdrom cdda://
     You  can  also use -afm hwac3 instead of -ac hwdts.  Adjust '/dev/cdrom' to
     match the CD-ROM device on your system.  If your external receiver supports
     decoding raw DTS streams, you can directly play it via cdda:// without set-
     ting format, hwac3 or hwdts.

     Play a 6-channel AAC file with only two speakers:
     mplayer -rawaudio format=0xff -demuxer rawaudio -af pan=2:.32:.32:.39:.06:.06:.39:.17:-.17:-.17:.17:.33:.33 adts_he-aac160_51.aac
     You might want to play a bit with the  pan  values  (e.g  multiply  with  a
     value) to increase volume or avoid clipping.

     checkerboard invert with geq filter:
     mplayer -vf geq='128+(p(X\,Y)-128)*(0.5-gt(mod(X/SW\,128)\,64))*(0.5-gt(mod(Y/SH\,128)\,64))*4'

EXAMPLES OF MENCODER USAGE
     Encode DVD title #2, only selected chapters:
     mencoder dvd://2 -chapter 10-15 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

     Encode DVD title #2, resizing to 640x480:
     mencoder dvd://2 -vf scale=640:480 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

     Encode DVD title #2, resizing to 512xHHH (keep aspect ratio):
     mencoder dvd://2 -vf scale -zoom -xy 512 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

     The same, but with bitrate set to 1800kbit and optimized macroblocks:
     mencoder dvd://2 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800

     The same, but with MJPEG compression:
     mencoder dvd://2 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mjpeg:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800

     Encode all *.jpg files in the current directory:
     mencoder "mf://*.jpg" -mf fps=25 -o output.avi -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

     Encode from a tuner (specify a format with -vf format):
     mencoder -tv driver=v4l:width=640:height=480 tv:// -o tv.avi -ovc raw

     Encode from a pipe:
     rar p test-SVCD.rar | mencoder -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:vbitrate=800 -ofps 24 -

BUGS
     Don't  panic.   If  you find one, report it to us, but please make sure you
     have read all of the documentation first.	Also look out  for  smileys.  :)
     Many  bugs  are  the result of incorrect setup or parameter usage.  The bug
     reporting section of the documentation  (http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/
     en/bugreports.html) explains how to create useful bug reports.

AUTHORS
     MPlayer  was initially written by Arpad Gereoffy.	See the AUTHORS file for
     a list of some of the many other contributors.

     MPlayer is (C) 2000-2026 The MPlayer Team

     This man page was written mainly by Gabucino, Jonas Jermann and Diego Biur-
     run.  It is maintained by Diego Biurrun.  Please send mails about it to the
     MPlayer-DOCS mailing  list.   Translation	specific  mails  belong  on  the
     MPlayer-translations mailing list.

The MPlayer Project		   2024-05-12			      MPlayer(1)

Want to link to this manual page? Use this URL:
<https://man.freebsd.org/cgi/man.cgi?query=mplayer&sektion=1&manpath=FreeBSD+Ports+15.1.quarterly>

home | help